1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 105 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 106 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 107 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 108 * restrictions. 109 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 111 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 112 * not permitted using this channel 113 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 114 * not permitted using this channel 115 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 116 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 117 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 118 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 119 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 121 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 122 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Prevents the channel for use as an S1G 123 * primary channel. Does not prevent the wider operating channel 124 * described by the chandef from being used. In order for a 2MHz primary 125 * to be used, both 1MHz subchannels shall not contain this flag. 126 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 127 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 129 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not permitted on this channel. 130 */ 131 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 146 /* can use free bits here */ 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_UHR = BIT(18), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY = BIT(27), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ = BIT(28), 158 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ = BIT(29), 159 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ = BIT(30), 160 }; 161 162 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 163 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 164 165 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 167 168 /** 169 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 170 * 171 * This structure describes a single channel for use 172 * with cfg80211. 173 * 174 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 175 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 176 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 177 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 178 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 179 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 180 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 181 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 182 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 183 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 184 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 185 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 186 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 187 * @orig_mag: internal use 188 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 189 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 190 * on this channel. 191 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 192 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 193 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) when CAC was 194 * started on this channel. Zero when CAC is not in progress. 195 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 196 */ 197 struct ieee80211_channel { 198 enum nl80211_band band; 199 u32 center_freq; 200 u16 freq_offset; 201 u16 hw_value; 202 u32 flags; 203 int max_antenna_gain; 204 int max_power; 205 int max_reg_power; 206 bool beacon_found; 207 u32 orig_flags; 208 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 209 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 210 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 211 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 212 u64 cac_start_time; 213 s8 psd; 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 218 * 219 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 220 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 221 * different bands/PHY modes. 222 * 223 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 224 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 225 * with CCK rates. 226 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 227 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 228 * core code when registering the wiphy. 229 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 230 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 231 * core code when registering the wiphy. 232 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 233 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 234 * core code when registering the wiphy. 235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 236 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 237 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 238 */ 239 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 240 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 242 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 243 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 244 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 245 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 246 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 251 * 252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 255 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 256 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 257 */ 258 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 262 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 263 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 264 }; 265 266 /** 267 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 268 * 269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 270 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 271 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 272 */ 273 enum ieee80211_privacy { 274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 275 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 276 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 277 }; 278 279 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 280 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 284 * 285 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 286 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 287 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 288 * passed around. 289 * 290 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 291 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 292 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 293 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 294 * short preamble is used 295 */ 296 struct ieee80211_rate { 297 u32 flags; 298 u16 bitrate; 299 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 300 }; 301 302 /** 303 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 304 * 305 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 306 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 307 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 308 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 309 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 310 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 311 * members of the SRG 312 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 313 * used by members of the SRG 314 */ 315 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 316 bool enable; 317 u8 sr_ctrl; 318 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 319 u8 min_offset; 320 u8 max_offset; 321 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 322 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 323 }; 324 325 /** 326 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 327 * 328 * @color: the current color. 329 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 330 * @partial: define the AID equation. 331 */ 332 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 333 u8 color; 334 bool enabled; 335 bool partial; 336 }; 337 338 /** 339 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 340 * 341 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 342 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 343 * 344 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 345 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 346 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 347 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 348 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 349 */ 350 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 351 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 352 bool ht_supported; 353 u8 ampdu_factor; 354 u8 ampdu_density; 355 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 356 }; 357 358 /** 359 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 360 * 361 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 362 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 363 * 364 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 365 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 366 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 367 */ 368 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 369 bool vht_supported; 370 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 371 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 372 }; 373 374 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 375 376 /** 377 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 378 * 379 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 380 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 381 * 382 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 383 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 384 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 385 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 386 */ 387 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 388 bool has_he; 389 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 390 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 391 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 392 }; 393 394 /** 395 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 396 * 397 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 398 * and NSS Set field" 399 * 400 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 401 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 402 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 403 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 404 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 407 union { 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 409 struct { 410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 411 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 412 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 413 } __packed bw; 414 } __packed; 415 } __packed; 416 417 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 418 419 /** 420 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 421 * 422 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 423 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 424 * 425 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 426 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 427 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 428 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 429 */ 430 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 431 bool has_eht; 432 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 433 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 434 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 435 }; 436 437 /** 438 * struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap - STA's UHR capabilities 439 * @has_uhr: true iff UHR is supported and data is valid 440 * @mac: fixed MAC capabilities 441 * @phy: fixed PHY capabilities 442 */ 443 struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap { 444 bool has_uhr; 445 struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_mac mac; 446 struct ieee80211_uhr_cap_phy phy; 447 }; 448 449 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 450 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 451 /* 452 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 453 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 454 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 455 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 456 */ 457 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 458 #else 459 # define __iftd 460 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 461 462 /** 463 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 464 * 465 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 466 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 467 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 468 * 469 * @types_mask: interface types mask 470 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 471 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 472 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 473 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 474 * @uhr_cap: STA's UHR capabilities 475 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 476 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 477 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 478 */ 479 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 480 u16 types_mask; 481 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 482 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 483 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 484 struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap uhr_cap; 485 struct { 486 const u8 *data; 487 unsigned int len; 488 } vendor_elems; 489 }; 490 491 /** 492 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 493 * 494 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 495 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 496 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 497 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 498 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 499 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 500 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 501 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 502 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 503 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 504 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 505 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 506 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 507 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 508 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 509 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 510 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 511 */ 512 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 513 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 514 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 515 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 516 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 517 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 518 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 519 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 520 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 521 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 522 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 523 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 524 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 525 }; 526 527 /** 528 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 529 * 530 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 531 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 532 * 533 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 534 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 535 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 536 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 537 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 538 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 539 */ 540 struct ieee80211_edmg { 541 u8 channels; 542 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 547 * 548 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 549 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 550 * 551 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 552 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 553 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 554 */ 555 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 556 bool s1g; 557 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 558 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 559 }; 560 561 /** 562 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 563 * 564 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 565 * is able to operate in. 566 * 567 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 568 * in this band. 569 * @band: the band this structure represents 570 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 571 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 572 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 573 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 574 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 575 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 576 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 577 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 578 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 579 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 580 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 581 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 582 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 583 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 584 * iftype_data). 585 */ 586 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 587 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 588 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 589 enum nl80211_band band; 590 int n_channels; 591 int n_bitrates; 592 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 593 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 594 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 595 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 596 u16 n_iftype_data; 597 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 598 }; 599 600 /** 601 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 602 * @sband: the sband to initialize 603 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 604 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 605 * 606 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 607 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 608 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 609 */ 610 static inline void 611 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 612 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 613 u16 n_iftd) 614 { 615 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 616 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 617 } 618 619 /** 620 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 621 * @sband: the sband to initialize 622 * @iftd: the iftype data array 623 */ 624 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 625 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 626 627 /** 628 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 629 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 630 * @i: iterator counter 631 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 632 */ 633 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 634 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 635 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 636 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 637 638 /** 639 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 640 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 641 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 642 * 643 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 644 */ 645 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 646 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 647 u8 iftype) 648 { 649 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 650 int i; 651 652 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) 653 return NULL; 654 655 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 656 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 657 658 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 659 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 660 return data; 661 } 662 663 return NULL; 664 } 665 666 /** 667 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 668 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 669 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 670 * 671 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 672 */ 673 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 674 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 675 u8 iftype) 676 { 677 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 678 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 679 680 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 681 return &data->he_cap; 682 683 return NULL; 684 } 685 686 /** 687 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 688 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 689 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 690 * 691 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 692 */ 693 static inline __le16 694 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 695 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 696 { 697 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 698 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 699 700 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 701 return 0; 702 703 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 704 } 705 706 /** 707 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return EHT capabilities for an sband's iftype 708 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 709 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 710 * 711 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 712 */ 713 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 714 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 715 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 716 { 717 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 718 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 719 720 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 721 return &data->eht_cap; 722 723 return NULL; 724 } 725 726 /** 727 * ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap - return UHR capabilities for an sband's iftype 728 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 729 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 730 * 731 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap, or NULL is none found 732 */ 733 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_uhr_cap * 734 ieee80211_get_uhr_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 735 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 736 { 737 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 738 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 739 740 if (data && data->uhr_cap.has_uhr) 741 return &data->uhr_cap; 742 743 return NULL; 744 } 745 746 /** 747 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 748 * 749 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 750 * 751 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 752 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 753 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 754 * 755 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 756 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 757 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 758 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 759 * without affecting other devices. 760 * 761 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 762 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 763 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 764 */ 765 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 766 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 767 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 768 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 769 { 770 } 771 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 772 773 774 /* 775 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 776 */ 777 778 /** 779 * DOC: Actions and configuration 780 * 781 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 782 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 783 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 784 * operations use are described separately. 785 * 786 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 787 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 788 * 789 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 790 * in a separate chapter. 791 */ 792 793 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 794 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 795 796 /** 797 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 798 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 799 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 800 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 801 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 802 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 803 * determine the address as needed. 804 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 805 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 806 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 807 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 808 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 809 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 810 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 811 */ 812 struct vif_params { 813 u32 flags; 814 int use_4addr; 815 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 816 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 817 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 818 }; 819 820 /** 821 * struct key_params - key information 822 * 823 * Information about a key 824 * 825 * @key: key material 826 * @key_len: length of key material 827 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 828 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN), must be in little endian, 829 * length given by @seq_len. 830 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 831 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 832 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 833 * @ltf_keyseed: LTF key seed material 834 * @ltf_keyseed_len: length of LTF key seed material 835 */ 836 struct key_params { 837 const u8 *key; 838 const u8 *seq; 839 int key_len; 840 int seq_len; 841 u16 vlan_id; 842 u32 cipher; 843 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 844 const u8 *ltf_keyseed; 845 size_t ltf_keyseed_len; 846 }; 847 848 /** 849 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 850 * @chan: the (control) channel 851 * @npca_chan: the NPCA primary channel 852 * Note that if DBE is in use, this channel may appear to be 853 * inside the primary half of the chandef. Implementations 854 * can use the position of this channel to understand how 855 * NPCA is used. 856 * @width: channel width 857 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 858 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 859 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 860 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 861 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 862 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 863 * parameters are ignored. 864 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 865 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 866 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 867 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 868 * @npca_punctured: NPCA puncturing bitmap, like @punctured but for 869 * NPCA transmissions. If NPCA is used (@npca_chan is not %NULL) 870 * this will be a superset of the @punctured bimap. 871 * Note that if DBE is used, this bitmap is also shifted to be in 872 * accordance with the overall chandef bandwidth. 873 * @s1g_primary_2mhz: Indicates if the control channel pointed to 874 * by 'chan' exists as a 1MHz primary subchannel within an 875 * S1G 2MHz primary channel. 876 */ 877 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 878 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 879 struct ieee80211_channel *npca_chan; 880 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 881 u32 center_freq1; 882 u32 center_freq2; 883 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 884 u16 freq1_offset; 885 u16 punctured, npca_punctured; 886 bool s1g_primary_2mhz; 887 }; 888 889 /* 890 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 891 */ 892 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 893 struct { 894 u32 legacy; 895 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 896 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 897 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 898 u16 eht_mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 899 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 900 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 901 enum nl80211_eht_gi eht_gi; 902 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 903 enum nl80211_eht_ltf eht_ltf; 904 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 905 }; 906 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 910 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 911 * of the peer. 912 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 913 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 914 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 915 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 916 * @retry_long: retry count value 917 * @retry_short: retry count value 918 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 919 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 920 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 921 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 922 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 923 */ 924 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 925 bool config_override; 926 u8 tids; 927 u64 mask; 928 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 929 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 930 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 931 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 932 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 933 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 934 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 935 }; 936 937 /** 938 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 939 * @peer: Station's MAC address 940 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 941 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 942 */ 943 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 944 const u8 *peer; 945 u32 n_tid_conf; 946 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 947 }; 948 949 /** 950 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 951 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 952 * @kek: FILS KEK 953 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 954 * @snonce: STA Nonce 955 * @anonce: AP Nonce 956 */ 957 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 958 const u8 *macaddr; 959 const u8 *kek; 960 u8 kek_len; 961 const u8 *snonce; 962 const u8 *anonce; 963 }; 964 965 /** 966 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 967 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 968 * addresses. 969 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 970 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 971 */ 972 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 973 const u8 *macaddr; 974 bool enable; 975 }; 976 977 /** 978 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 979 * @chandef: the channel definition 980 * 981 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 982 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 983 */ 984 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 985 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 switch (chandef->width) { 988 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 989 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 990 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 991 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 992 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 993 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 994 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 995 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 996 default: 997 WARN_ON(1); 998 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 999 } 1000 } 1001 1002 /** 1003 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 1004 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 1005 * @channel: the control channel 1006 * @chantype: the channel type 1007 * 1008 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 1009 */ 1010 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1011 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 1012 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 1013 1014 /** 1015 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 1016 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1017 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1018 * 1019 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 1020 * identical, %false otherwise. 1021 */ 1022 static inline bool 1023 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1024 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 1025 { 1026 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 1027 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 1028 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 1029 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 1030 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 1031 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured && 1032 chandef1->s1g_primary_2mhz == chandef2->s1g_primary_2mhz && 1033 chandef1->npca_chan == chandef2->npca_chan && 1034 chandef1->npca_punctured == chandef2->npca_punctured); 1035 } 1036 1037 /** 1038 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 1039 * 1040 * @chandef: the channel definition 1041 * 1042 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 1043 */ 1044 static inline bool 1045 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1046 { 1047 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 1048 } 1049 1050 /** 1051 * cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g - check if chandef represents an S1G channel 1052 * @chandef: the channel definition 1053 * 1054 * Return: %true if S1G. 1055 */ 1056 static inline bool 1057 cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1058 { 1059 return chandef->chan->band == NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ; 1060 } 1061 1062 /** 1063 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 1064 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1065 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1066 * 1067 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 1068 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 1069 */ 1070 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 1071 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1072 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1073 1074 1075 /** 1076 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1077 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1078 * 1079 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1080 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1081 */ 1082 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1083 1084 /** 1085 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1086 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1087 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1088 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1089 */ 1090 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1091 { 1092 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1093 } 1094 1095 /** 1096 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1097 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1098 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1099 */ 1100 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1101 1102 /** 1103 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1104 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1105 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1106 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1107 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1108 */ 1109 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1110 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1111 u32 prohibited_flags); 1112 1113 /** 1114 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1115 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1116 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1117 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1118 * Returns: 1119 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1120 */ 1121 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1122 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1123 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1124 1125 /** 1126 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1127 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1128 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1129 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1130 * 1131 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1132 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1133 */ 1134 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1135 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1136 1137 /** 1138 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1139 * channel definition 1140 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1141 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1142 * 1143 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1144 */ 1145 unsigned int 1146 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1147 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1148 1149 /** 1150 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1151 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1152 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1153 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1154 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1155 * 1156 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1157 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1158 */ 1159 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1160 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1161 u16 *punctured); 1162 1163 /** 1164 * cfg80211_chandef_npca_valid - check that NPCA information is valid 1165 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for, for channel pointer lookup 1166 * @chandef: the BSS channel chandef to check against 1167 * @npca: NPCA information, can be %NULL in which case this 1168 * always returns %true 1169 * 1170 * Note that DBE must not have been configured into the chandef yet 1171 * before checking NPCA, i.e. @chandef must represent the BSS channel. 1172 * 1173 * Returns: %true if the NPCA channel and puncturing bitmap are valid 1174 * according to the chandef, %false otherwise 1175 */ 1176 bool cfg80211_chandef_npca_valid(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1177 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1178 const struct ieee80211_uhr_npca_info *npca); 1179 1180 /** 1181 * cfg80211_chandef_add_npca - parse and add NPCA information to chandef 1182 * @wiphy: the wiphy this will be used for, for channel pointer lookup 1183 * @chandef: the chandef to modify, must be a valid chandef without NPCA 1184 * @npca: the NPCA information, can be %NULL 1185 * 1186 * Returns: 0 if the NPCA information was added and the resulting 1187 * chandef is valid, a negative error code on errors 1188 */ 1189 int cfg80211_chandef_add_npca(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1190 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1191 const struct ieee80211_uhr_npca_info *npca); 1192 1193 /** 1194 * cfg80211_chandef_add_dbe - parse and add DBE information to chandef 1195 * @chandef: the chandef to expand 1196 * @dbe: the DBE information, must be size-checked if not %NULL 1197 * 1198 * Returns: 0 for success, a negative error code otherwise 1199 */ 1200 int cfg80211_chandef_add_dbe(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1201 const struct ieee80211_uhr_dbe_info *dbe); 1202 1203 /** 1204 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1205 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1206 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1207 * 1208 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1209 **/ 1210 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1211 1212 /** 1213 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1214 * 1215 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1216 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1217 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1218 * 1219 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1220 * 1221 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1222 */ 1223 static inline int 1224 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1225 { 1226 switch (chandef->width) { 1227 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1228 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1229 chandef->chan->max_power); 1230 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1231 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1232 chandef->chan->max_power); 1233 default: 1234 break; 1235 } 1236 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1237 } 1238 1239 /** 1240 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1241 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1242 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1243 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1244 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1245 * 1246 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1247 */ 1248 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1249 unsigned long band_mask, 1250 u32 prohibited_flags); 1251 1252 /** 1253 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1254 * 1255 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1256 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1257 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1258 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1259 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1260 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1261 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1262 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1263 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1264 * 1265 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1266 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1267 */ 1268 enum survey_info_flags { 1269 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1270 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1271 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1272 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1273 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1274 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1275 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1276 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1277 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1278 }; 1279 1280 /** 1281 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1282 * 1283 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1284 * record to report global statistics 1285 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1286 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1287 * optional 1288 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1289 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1290 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1291 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1292 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1293 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1294 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1295 * 1296 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1297 * 1298 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1299 * channel duty cycle etc. 1300 */ 1301 struct survey_info { 1302 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1303 u64 time; 1304 u64 time_busy; 1305 u64 time_ext_busy; 1306 u64 time_rx; 1307 u64 time_tx; 1308 u64 time_scan; 1309 u64 time_bss_rx; 1310 u32 filled; 1311 s8 noise; 1312 }; 1313 1314 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1315 1316 /** 1317 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1318 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1319 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1320 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1321 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1322 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1323 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1324 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1325 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1326 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1327 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1328 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1329 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1330 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1331 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1332 * protocol frames. 1333 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1334 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1335 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1336 * port for mac80211 1337 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1338 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1339 * offload) 1340 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1341 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1342 * 1343 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1344 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1345 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1346 * such a scenario. 1347 * 1348 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1349 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1350 * 1351 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1352 * Allow hash-to-element only 1353 * 1354 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1355 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1356 */ 1357 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1358 u32 wpa_versions; 1359 u32 cipher_group; 1360 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1361 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1362 int n_akm_suites; 1363 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1364 bool control_port; 1365 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1366 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1367 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1368 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1369 const u8 *psk; 1370 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1371 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1372 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1373 }; 1374 1375 /** 1376 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1377 * 1378 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1379 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1380 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1381 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1382 */ 1383 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1384 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1385 u8 tx_link_id; 1386 u8 index; 1387 bool ema; 1388 }; 1389 1390 /** 1391 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1392 * 1393 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1394 * 1395 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1396 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1397 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1398 */ 1399 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1400 u8 cnt; 1401 struct { 1402 const u8 *data; 1403 size_t len; 1404 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1405 }; 1406 1407 /** 1408 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1409 * 1410 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1411 * 1412 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1413 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1414 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1415 */ 1416 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1417 u8 cnt; 1418 struct { 1419 const u8 *data; 1420 size_t len; 1421 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1422 }; 1423 1424 /** 1425 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1426 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1427 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1428 * or %NULL if not changed 1429 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1430 * or %NULL if not changed 1431 * @head_len: length of @head 1432 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1433 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1434 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1435 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1436 * frames or %NULL 1437 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1438 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1439 * Response frames or %NULL 1440 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1441 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1442 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1443 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1444 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1445 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1446 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1447 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1448 * (measurement type 8) 1449 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1450 * Token (measurement type 11) 1451 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1452 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1453 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1454 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1455 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1456 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1457 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1458 * @ht_oper: HT operation element (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1459 * @vht_oper: VHT operation element (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1460 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1461 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1462 * @uhr_oper: UHR operation (or %NULL if UHR isn't enabled) 1463 */ 1464 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1465 unsigned int link_id; 1466 1467 const u8 *head, *tail; 1468 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1469 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1470 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1471 const u8 *probe_resp; 1472 const u8 *lci; 1473 const u8 *civicloc; 1474 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1475 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1476 s8 ftm_responder; 1477 1478 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1479 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1480 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1481 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1482 size_t probe_resp_len; 1483 size_t lci_len; 1484 size_t civicloc_len; 1485 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1486 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1487 1488 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1489 const struct ieee80211_ht_operation *ht_oper; 1490 const struct ieee80211_vht_operation *vht_oper; 1491 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1492 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1493 const struct ieee80211_uhr_operation *uhr_oper; 1494 }; 1495 1496 struct mac_address { 1497 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1498 }; 1499 1500 /** 1501 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1502 * 1503 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1504 * entry specified by mac_addr 1505 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1506 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1507 */ 1508 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1509 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1510 int n_acl_entries; 1511 1512 /* Keep it last */ 1513 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1514 }; 1515 1516 /** 1517 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1518 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1519 * 1520 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1521 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1522 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1523 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1524 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1525 * frame headers. 1526 */ 1527 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1528 bool update; 1529 u32 min_interval; 1530 u32 max_interval; 1531 size_t tmpl_len; 1532 const u8 *tmpl; 1533 }; 1534 1535 /** 1536 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1537 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1538 * 1539 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1540 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1541 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1542 * scanning 1543 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1544 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1545 */ 1546 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1547 bool update; 1548 u32 interval; 1549 size_t tmpl_len; 1550 const u8 *tmpl; 1551 }; 1552 1553 /** 1554 * struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon - S1G short beacon data. 1555 * 1556 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1557 * @short_head: Short beacon head. 1558 * @short_tail: Short beacon tail. 1559 * @short_head_len: Short beacon head len. 1560 * @short_tail_len: Short beacon tail len. 1561 */ 1562 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon { 1563 bool update; 1564 const u8 *short_head; 1565 const u8 *short_tail; 1566 size_t short_head_len; 1567 size_t short_tail_len; 1568 }; 1569 1570 /** 1571 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1572 * 1573 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1574 * 1575 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1576 * @beacon: beacon data 1577 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1578 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1579 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1580 * user space) 1581 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1582 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1583 * @crypto: crypto settings 1584 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1585 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1586 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1587 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1588 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1589 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1590 * MAC address based access control 1591 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1592 * networks. 1593 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1594 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1595 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1596 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1597 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1598 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1599 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1600 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1601 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1602 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1603 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1604 * @s1g_long_beacon_period: S1G long beacon period 1605 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1606 */ 1607 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1608 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1609 1610 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1611 1612 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1613 const u8 *ssid; 1614 size_t ssid_len; 1615 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1616 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1617 bool privacy; 1618 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1619 int inactivity_timeout; 1620 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1621 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1622 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1623 bool pbss; 1624 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1625 1626 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1627 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1628 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1629 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1630 bool twt_responder; 1631 u32 flags; 1632 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1633 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1634 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1635 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1636 u8 s1g_long_beacon_period; 1637 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1638 }; 1639 1640 1641 /** 1642 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1643 * 1644 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1645 * 1646 * @beacon: beacon data 1647 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1648 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1649 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1650 */ 1651 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1652 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1653 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1654 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1655 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1656 }; 1657 1658 /** 1659 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1660 * 1661 * Used for channel switch 1662 * 1663 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1664 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1665 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1666 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1667 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1668 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1669 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1670 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1671 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1672 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1673 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1674 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1675 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1676 */ 1677 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1678 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1679 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1680 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1681 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1682 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1683 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1684 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1685 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1686 bool radar_required; 1687 bool block_tx; 1688 u8 count; 1689 u8 link_id; 1690 }; 1691 1692 /** 1693 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1694 * 1695 * Used for bss color change 1696 * 1697 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1698 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1699 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1700 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1701 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1702 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1703 * @color: the color used after the change 1704 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1705 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1706 */ 1707 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1708 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1709 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1710 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1711 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1712 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1713 u8 count; 1714 u8 color; 1715 u8 link_id; 1716 }; 1717 1718 /** 1719 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1720 * 1721 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1722 * 1723 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1724 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1725 * to use for verification 1726 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1727 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1728 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1729 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1730 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1731 * nl80211_iftype. 1732 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1733 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1734 * the verification 1735 */ 1736 struct iface_combination_params { 1737 int radio_idx; 1738 int num_different_channels; 1739 u8 radar_detect; 1740 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1741 u32 new_beacon_int; 1742 }; 1743 1744 /** 1745 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1746 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1747 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1748 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1749 * 1750 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1751 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1752 */ 1753 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1754 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1755 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1756 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1757 }; 1758 1759 /** 1760 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1761 * 1762 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1763 * 1764 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1765 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1766 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1767 * power per-interface or per-station. 1768 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1769 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1770 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1771 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1772 * per peer TPC. 1773 */ 1774 struct sta_txpwr { 1775 s16 power; 1776 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1777 }; 1778 1779 /** 1780 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1781 * 1782 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1783 * 1784 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1785 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1786 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1787 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1788 * (or NULL for no change) 1789 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1790 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1791 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1792 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1793 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1794 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1795 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1796 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1797 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1798 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1799 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1800 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1801 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1802 * @uhr_capa: UHR capabilities of the station 1803 * @uhr_capa_len: the length of the UHR capabilities 1804 */ 1805 struct link_station_parameters { 1806 const u8 *mld_mac; 1807 int link_id; 1808 const u8 *link_mac; 1809 const u8 *supported_rates; 1810 u8 supported_rates_len; 1811 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1812 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1813 u8 opmode_notif; 1814 bool opmode_notif_used; 1815 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1816 u8 he_capa_len; 1817 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1818 bool txpwr_set; 1819 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1820 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1821 u8 eht_capa_len; 1822 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1823 const struct ieee80211_uhr_cap *uhr_capa; 1824 u8 uhr_capa_len; 1825 }; 1826 1827 /** 1828 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1829 * 1830 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1831 * 1832 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1833 * @link_id: the link id 1834 */ 1835 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1836 const u8 *mld_mac; 1837 u32 link_id; 1838 }; 1839 1840 /** 1841 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1842 * 1843 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1844 * 1845 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1846 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1847 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1848 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1849 */ 1850 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1851 u16 dlink[8]; 1852 u16 ulink[8]; 1853 }; 1854 1855 /** 1856 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1857 * 1858 * Used to change and create a new station. 1859 * 1860 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1861 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1862 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1863 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1864 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1865 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1866 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1867 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1868 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1869 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1870 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1871 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1872 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1873 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1874 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1875 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1876 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1877 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1878 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1879 * to unknown) 1880 * @capability: station capability 1881 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1882 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1883 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1884 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1885 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1886 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1887 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1888 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1889 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1890 * present/updated 1891 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1892 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1893 * @epp_peer: EPP peer indication 1894 * @nmi_mac: MAC address of the NMI station of the NAN peer 1895 */ 1896 struct station_parameters { 1897 struct net_device *vlan; 1898 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1899 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1900 int listen_interval; 1901 u16 aid; 1902 u16 vlan_id; 1903 u16 peer_aid; 1904 u8 plink_action; 1905 u8 plink_state; 1906 u8 uapsd_queues; 1907 u8 max_sp; 1908 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1909 u16 capability; 1910 const u8 *ext_capab; 1911 u8 ext_capab_len; 1912 const u8 *supported_channels; 1913 u8 supported_channels_len; 1914 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1915 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1916 int support_p2p_ps; 1917 u16 airtime_weight; 1918 bool eml_cap_present; 1919 u16 eml_cap; 1920 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1921 bool epp_peer; 1922 const u8 *nmi_mac; 1923 }; 1924 1925 /** 1926 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1927 * 1928 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1929 * 1930 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1931 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1932 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1933 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1934 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1935 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1936 * remove all stations. 1937 */ 1938 struct station_del_parameters { 1939 const u8 *mac; 1940 u8 subtype; 1941 u16 reason_code; 1942 int link_id; 1943 }; 1944 1945 /** 1946 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1947 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1948 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1949 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1950 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1951 * the AP MLME in the device 1952 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1953 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1954 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1955 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1956 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1957 * supported/used) 1958 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1959 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1960 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1961 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1962 * @CFG80211_STA_NAN_MGMT: NAN management interface station 1963 * @CFG80211_STA_NAN_DATA: NAN data path station 1964 */ 1965 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1966 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1967 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1968 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1969 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1970 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1971 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1972 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1973 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1974 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1975 CFG80211_STA_NAN_MGMT, 1976 CFG80211_STA_NAN_DATA, 1977 }; 1978 1979 /** 1980 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1981 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1982 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1983 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1984 * 1985 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1986 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1987 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1988 * 1989 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1990 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1991 * use them before calling this. 1992 */ 1993 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1994 struct station_parameters *params, 1995 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1996 1997 /** 1998 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1999 * 2000 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 2001 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 2002 * 2003 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 2004 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 2005 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2006 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 2007 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 2008 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 2009 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 2010 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 2011 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 2012 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS information 2013 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS: UHR ELR MCS was used 2014 * (set together with @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS) 2015 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation 2016 * was used 2017 */ 2018 enum rate_info_flags { 2019 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 2020 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 2021 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 2022 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 2023 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 2024 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 2025 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 2026 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 2027 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 2028 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_MCS = BIT(9), 2029 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_ELR_MCS = BIT(10), 2030 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_UHR_IM = BIT(11), 2031 }; 2032 2033 /** 2034 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 2035 * 2036 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 2037 * 2038 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 2039 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 2040 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 2041 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 2042 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 2043 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 2044 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 2045 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 2046 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT/UHR RU allocation 2047 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 2048 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 2049 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 2050 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 2051 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 2052 */ 2053 enum rate_info_bw { 2054 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 2055 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 2056 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 2057 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 2058 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 2059 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 2060 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 2061 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 2062 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 2063 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 2064 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 2065 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 2066 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 2067 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 2068 }; 2069 2070 /** 2071 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 2072 * 2073 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 2074 * 2075 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 2076 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 2077 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G/UHR rate 2078 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 2079 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 2080 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 2081 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 2082 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 2083 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 2084 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 2085 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 2086 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 2087 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 2088 */ 2089 struct rate_info { 2090 u16 flags; 2091 u16 legacy; 2092 u8 mcs; 2093 u8 nss; 2094 u8 bw; 2095 u8 he_gi; 2096 u8 he_dcm; 2097 u8 he_ru_alloc; 2098 u8 n_bonded_ch; 2099 u8 eht_gi; 2100 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 2101 }; 2102 2103 /** 2104 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 2105 * 2106 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 2107 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 2108 * 2109 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 2110 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2111 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2112 */ 2113 enum bss_param_flags { 2114 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2115 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2116 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2117 }; 2118 2119 /** 2120 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 2121 * 2122 * Information about the currently associated BSS 2123 * 2124 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 2125 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 2126 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 2127 */ 2128 struct sta_bss_parameters { 2129 u8 flags; 2130 u8 dtim_period; 2131 u16 beacon_interval; 2132 }; 2133 2134 /** 2135 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 2136 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 2137 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2138 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 2139 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 2140 * @flows: number of new flows seen 2141 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 2142 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 2143 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 2144 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 2145 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 2146 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 2147 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 2148 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 2149 */ 2150 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2151 u32 filled; 2152 u32 backlog_bytes; 2153 u32 backlog_packets; 2154 u32 flows; 2155 u32 drops; 2156 u32 ecn_marks; 2157 u32 overlimit; 2158 u32 overmemory; 2159 u32 collisions; 2160 u32 tx_bytes; 2161 u32 tx_packets; 2162 u32 max_flows; 2163 }; 2164 2165 /** 2166 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2167 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2168 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2169 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2170 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2171 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2172 * transmitted MSDUs 2173 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2174 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2175 */ 2176 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2177 u32 filled; 2178 u64 rx_msdu; 2179 u64 tx_msdu; 2180 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2181 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2182 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2183 }; 2184 2185 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2186 2187 /** 2188 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2189 * 2190 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2191 * dump_station(). 2192 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2193 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2194 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2195 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2196 * in milliseconds 2197 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2198 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2199 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2200 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2201 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2202 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2203 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2204 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2205 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2206 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2207 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2208 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2209 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2210 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2211 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2212 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2213 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2214 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2215 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2216 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2217 * towards this station. 2218 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2219 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2220 * from this peer 2221 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2222 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2223 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2224 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2225 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2226 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2227 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2228 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2229 * been sent. 2230 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2231 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2232 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2233 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2234 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2235 */ 2236 struct link_station_info { 2237 u64 filled; 2238 u32 connected_time; 2239 u32 inactive_time; 2240 u64 assoc_at; 2241 u64 rx_bytes; 2242 u64 tx_bytes; 2243 s8 signal; 2244 s8 signal_avg; 2245 2246 u8 chains; 2247 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2248 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2249 2250 struct rate_info txrate; 2251 struct rate_info rxrate; 2252 u32 rx_packets; 2253 u32 tx_packets; 2254 u32 tx_retries; 2255 u32 tx_failed; 2256 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2257 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2258 2259 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2260 2261 u32 expected_throughput; 2262 2263 u64 tx_duration; 2264 u64 rx_duration; 2265 u64 rx_beacon; 2266 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2267 2268 u16 airtime_weight; 2269 2270 s8 ack_signal; 2271 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2272 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2273 2274 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2275 u32 fcs_err_count; 2276 2277 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2278 }; 2279 2280 /** 2281 * struct station_info - station information 2282 * 2283 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2284 * 2285 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2286 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2287 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2288 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2289 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2290 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2291 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2292 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2293 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2294 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2295 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2296 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2297 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2298 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2299 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2300 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2301 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2302 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2303 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2304 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2305 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2306 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2307 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2308 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2309 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2310 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2311 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2312 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2313 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2314 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2315 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2316 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2317 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2318 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2319 * @llid: mesh local link id 2320 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2321 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2322 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2323 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2324 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2325 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2326 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2327 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2328 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2329 * towards this station. 2330 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2331 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2332 * from this peer 2333 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2334 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2335 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2336 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2337 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2338 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2339 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2340 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2341 * been sent. 2342 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2343 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2344 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2345 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2346 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2347 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2348 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2349 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2350 * dump_station() callbacks. 2351 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2352 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2353 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2354 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2355 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2356 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2357 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2358 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2359 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2360 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2361 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2362 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2363 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2364 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2365 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2366 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2367 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2368 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2369 */ 2370 struct station_info { 2371 u64 filled; 2372 u32 connected_time; 2373 u32 inactive_time; 2374 u64 assoc_at; 2375 u64 rx_bytes; 2376 u64 tx_bytes; 2377 s8 signal; 2378 s8 signal_avg; 2379 2380 u8 chains; 2381 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2382 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2383 2384 struct rate_info txrate; 2385 struct rate_info rxrate; 2386 u32 rx_packets; 2387 u32 tx_packets; 2388 u32 tx_retries; 2389 u32 tx_failed; 2390 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2391 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2392 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2393 2394 int generation; 2395 2396 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2397 2398 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2399 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2400 2401 s64 t_offset; 2402 u16 llid; 2403 u16 plid; 2404 u8 plink_state; 2405 u8 connected_to_gate; 2406 u8 connected_to_as; 2407 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2408 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2409 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2410 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2411 2412 u32 expected_throughput; 2413 2414 u16 airtime_weight; 2415 2416 s8 ack_signal; 2417 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2418 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2419 2420 u64 tx_duration; 2421 u64 rx_duration; 2422 u64 rx_beacon; 2423 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2424 2425 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2426 u32 fcs_err_count; 2427 2428 bool mlo_params_valid; 2429 u8 assoc_link_id; 2430 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2431 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2432 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2433 2434 u16 valid_links; 2435 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2436 }; 2437 2438 /** 2439 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2440 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2441 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2442 */ 2443 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2444 s32 power; 2445 u32 freq_range_index; 2446 }; 2447 2448 /** 2449 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2450 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2451 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2452 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2453 */ 2454 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2455 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2456 u32 num_sub_specs; 2457 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2458 }; 2459 2460 2461 /** 2462 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2463 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2464 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2465 */ 2466 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2467 u32 start_freq; 2468 u32 end_freq; 2469 }; 2470 2471 /** 2472 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2473 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2474 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2475 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2476 * 2477 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2478 * range to small ones and then append them. 2479 */ 2480 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2481 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2482 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2483 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2484 }; 2485 2486 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2487 /** 2488 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2489 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2490 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2491 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2492 * 2493 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2494 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2495 * considered undefined. 2496 */ 2497 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2498 struct station_info *sinfo); 2499 #else 2500 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2501 const u8 *mac_addr, 2502 struct station_info *sinfo) 2503 { 2504 return -ENOENT; 2505 } 2506 #endif 2507 2508 /** 2509 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2510 * 2511 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2512 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2513 * 2514 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2515 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2516 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2517 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2518 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2519 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2520 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2521 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2522 */ 2523 enum monitor_flags { 2524 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2525 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2526 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2527 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2528 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2529 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2530 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2531 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2532 }; 2533 2534 /** 2535 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2536 * 2537 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2538 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2539 * 2540 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2541 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2542 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2543 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2544 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2545 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2546 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2547 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2548 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2549 */ 2550 enum mpath_info_flags { 2551 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2552 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2553 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2554 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2555 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2556 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2557 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2558 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2559 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2560 }; 2561 2562 /** 2563 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2564 * 2565 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2566 * 2567 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2568 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2569 * @sn: target sequence number 2570 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2571 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2572 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2573 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2574 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2575 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2576 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2577 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2578 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2579 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2580 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2581 */ 2582 struct mpath_info { 2583 u32 filled; 2584 u32 frame_qlen; 2585 u32 sn; 2586 u32 metric; 2587 u32 exptime; 2588 u32 discovery_timeout; 2589 u8 discovery_retries; 2590 u8 flags; 2591 u8 hop_count; 2592 u32 path_change_count; 2593 2594 int generation; 2595 }; 2596 2597 /** 2598 * enum wiphy_bss_param_flags - bit positions for supported bss parameters. 2599 * 2600 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: support changing CTS protection. 2601 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: support changing short preamble usage. 2602 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: support changing short slot time usage. 2603 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES: support reconfiguring basic rates. 2604 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE: support changing AP isolation. 2605 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE: support changing HT operating mode. 2606 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW: support reconfiguring ctwindow. 2607 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS: support changing P2P opportunistic power-save. 2608 */ 2609 enum wiphy_bss_param_flags { 2610 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2611 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2612 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2613 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES = BIT(3), 2614 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE = BIT(4), 2615 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE = BIT(5), 2616 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW = BIT(6), 2617 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS = BIT(7), 2618 }; 2619 2620 /** 2621 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2622 * 2623 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2624 * 2625 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2626 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2627 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2628 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2629 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2630 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2631 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2632 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2633 * (or NULL for no change) 2634 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2635 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2636 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2637 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2638 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2639 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2640 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2641 */ 2642 struct bss_parameters { 2643 int link_id; 2644 int use_cts_prot; 2645 int use_short_preamble; 2646 int use_short_slot_time; 2647 const u8 *basic_rates; 2648 u8 basic_rates_len; 2649 int ap_isolate; 2650 int ht_opmode; 2651 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2652 }; 2653 2654 /** 2655 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2656 * 2657 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2658 * 2659 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2660 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2661 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2662 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2663 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2664 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2665 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2666 * mesh interface 2667 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2668 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2669 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2670 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2671 * elements 2672 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2673 * detect compatible mesh peers 2674 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2675 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2676 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2677 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2678 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2679 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2680 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2681 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2682 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2683 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2684 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2685 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2686 * element 2687 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2688 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2689 * element 2690 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2691 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2692 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2693 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2694 * announcements are transmitted 2695 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2696 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2697 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2698 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2699 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2700 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2701 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2702 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2703 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2704 * station to establish a peer link 2705 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2706 * 2707 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2708 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2709 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2710 * 2711 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2712 * PREQs are transmitted. 2713 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2714 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2715 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2716 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2717 * setting for new peer links. 2718 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2719 * after transmitting its beacon. 2720 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2721 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2722 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2723 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2724 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2725 * in the mesh formation field. 2726 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2727 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2728 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2729 * in the mesh path table 2730 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2731 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2732 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2733 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2734 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2735 */ 2736 struct mesh_config { 2737 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2738 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2739 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2740 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2741 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2742 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2743 u8 element_ttl; 2744 bool auto_open_plinks; 2745 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2746 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2747 u32 path_refresh_time; 2748 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2749 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2750 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2751 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2752 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2753 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2754 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2755 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2756 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2757 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2758 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2759 s32 rssi_threshold; 2760 u16 ht_opmode; 2761 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2762 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2763 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2764 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2765 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2766 u32 plink_timeout; 2767 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2768 }; 2769 2770 /** 2771 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2772 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2773 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2774 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2775 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2776 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2777 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2778 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2779 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2780 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2781 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2782 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2783 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2784 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2785 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2786 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2787 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2788 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2789 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2790 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2791 * to operate on DFS channels. 2792 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2793 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2794 * 2795 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2796 */ 2797 struct mesh_setup { 2798 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2799 const u8 *mesh_id; 2800 u8 mesh_id_len; 2801 u8 sync_method; 2802 u8 path_sel_proto; 2803 u8 path_metric; 2804 u8 auth_id; 2805 const u8 *ie; 2806 u8 ie_len; 2807 bool is_authenticated; 2808 bool is_secure; 2809 bool user_mpm; 2810 u8 dtim_period; 2811 u16 beacon_interval; 2812 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2813 u32 basic_rates; 2814 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2815 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2816 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2817 }; 2818 2819 /** 2820 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2821 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2822 * 2823 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2824 */ 2825 struct ocb_setup { 2826 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2827 }; 2828 2829 /** 2830 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2831 * @ac: AC identifier 2832 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2833 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2834 * 1..32767] 2835 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2836 * 1..32767] 2837 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2838 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2839 */ 2840 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2841 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2842 u16 txop; 2843 u16 cwmin; 2844 u16 cwmax; 2845 u8 aifs; 2846 int link_id; 2847 }; 2848 2849 /** 2850 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2851 * 2852 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2853 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2854 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2855 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2856 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2857 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2858 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2859 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2860 * in the wiphy structure. 2861 * 2862 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2863 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2864 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2865 * 2866 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2867 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2868 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2869 * to userspace. 2870 */ 2871 2872 /** 2873 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2874 * @ssid: the SSID 2875 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2876 */ 2877 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2878 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2879 u8 ssid_len; 2880 }; 2881 2882 /** 2883 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2884 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2885 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2886 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2887 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2888 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2889 * userspace will be notified of that 2890 */ 2891 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2892 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2893 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2894 bool aborted; 2895 }; 2896 2897 /** 2898 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2899 * 2900 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2901 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2902 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2903 * which the above info is relevant to 2904 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2905 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2906 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2907 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2908 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2909 */ 2910 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2911 u32 short_ssid; 2912 u32 channel_idx; 2913 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2914 bool unsolicited_probe; 2915 bool short_ssid_valid; 2916 bool psc_no_listen; 2917 s8 psd_20; 2918 }; 2919 2920 /** 2921 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2922 * 2923 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2924 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2925 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2926 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2927 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2928 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2929 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2930 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2931 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2932 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2933 * %duration field. 2934 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2935 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2936 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2937 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2938 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2939 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2940 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2941 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2942 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2943 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2944 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2945 * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request 2946 * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a 2947 * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other 2948 * channels were requested 2949 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2950 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2951 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2952 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2953 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2954 */ 2955 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2956 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2957 int n_ssids; 2958 u32 n_channels; 2959 const u8 *ie; 2960 size_t ie_len; 2961 u16 duration; 2962 bool duration_mandatory; 2963 u32 flags; 2964 2965 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2966 2967 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2968 2969 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2970 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2971 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2972 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2973 unsigned long scan_start; 2974 bool no_cck; 2975 bool scan_6ghz; 2976 bool first_part; 2977 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2978 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2979 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2980 2981 /* keep last */ 2982 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2983 }; 2984 2985 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2986 { 2987 int i; 2988 2989 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2990 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2991 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2992 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2993 } 2994 } 2995 2996 /** 2997 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2998 * 2999 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 3000 * or no match (RSSI only) 3001 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 3002 * or no match (RSSI only) 3003 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 3004 */ 3005 struct cfg80211_match_set { 3006 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3007 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3008 s32 rssi_thold; 3009 }; 3010 3011 /** 3012 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 3013 * 3014 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 3015 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 3016 * infinite loop. 3017 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 3018 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 3019 */ 3020 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 3021 u32 interval; 3022 u32 iterations; 3023 }; 3024 3025 /** 3026 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 3027 * 3028 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 3029 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 3030 */ 3031 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 3032 enum nl80211_band band; 3033 s8 delta; 3034 }; 3035 3036 /** 3037 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 3038 * 3039 * @reqid: identifies this request. 3040 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 3041 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 3042 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 3043 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 3044 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 3045 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 3046 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 3047 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 3048 * (others are filtered out). 3049 * If omitted, all results are passed. 3050 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 3051 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 3052 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 3053 * @dev: the interface 3054 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 3055 * @channels: channels to scan 3056 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 3057 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 3058 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 3059 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 3060 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3061 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3062 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 3063 * index must be executed first. 3064 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 3065 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 3066 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 3067 * owned by a particular socket) 3068 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 3069 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 3070 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 3071 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 3072 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 3073 * supported. 3074 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 3075 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 3076 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 3077 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 3078 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 3079 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 3080 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 3081 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 3082 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 3083 * comparisons. 3084 */ 3085 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 3086 u64 reqid; 3087 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 3088 int n_ssids; 3089 u32 n_channels; 3090 const u8 *ie; 3091 size_t ie_len; 3092 u32 flags; 3093 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 3094 int n_match_sets; 3095 s32 min_rssi_thold; 3096 u32 delay; 3097 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 3098 int n_scan_plans; 3099 3100 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3101 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3102 3103 bool relative_rssi_set; 3104 s8 relative_rssi; 3105 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 3106 3107 /* internal */ 3108 struct wiphy *wiphy; 3109 struct net_device *dev; 3110 unsigned long scan_start; 3111 bool report_results; 3112 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3113 u32 owner_nlportid; 3114 bool nl_owner_dead; 3115 struct list_head list; 3116 3117 /* keep last */ 3118 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3119 }; 3120 3121 /** 3122 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 3123 * 3124 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 3125 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 3126 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 3127 */ 3128 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 3129 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 3130 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 3131 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 3132 }; 3133 3134 /** 3135 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 3136 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 3137 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 3138 * signal type 3139 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 3140 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 3141 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 3142 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 3143 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 3144 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 3145 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 3146 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 3147 * by %parent_bssid. 3148 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 3149 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 3150 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3151 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3152 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 3153 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 3154 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3155 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3156 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3157 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3158 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3159 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 3160 */ 3161 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 3162 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3163 s32 signal; 3164 u64 boottime_ns; 3165 u64 parent_tsf; 3166 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3167 u8 chains; 3168 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3169 3170 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 3171 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3172 3173 void *drv_data; 3174 }; 3175 3176 /** 3177 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 3178 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 3179 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 3180 * @len: length of the IEs 3181 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 3182 * @data: IE data 3183 */ 3184 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 3185 u64 tsf; 3186 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3187 int len; 3188 bool from_beacon; 3189 u8 data[]; 3190 }; 3191 3192 /** 3193 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3194 * 3195 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3196 * for use in scan results and similar. 3197 * 3198 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3199 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3200 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3201 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3202 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3203 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3204 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3205 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3206 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3207 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3208 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3209 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3210 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3211 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3212 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3213 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3214 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3215 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3216 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3217 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3218 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3219 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3220 * (multi-BSSID support) 3221 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3222 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3223 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3224 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3225 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3226 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3227 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3228 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3229 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3230 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3231 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3232 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3233 */ 3234 struct cfg80211_bss { 3235 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3236 3237 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3238 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3239 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3240 3241 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3242 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3243 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3244 3245 s32 signal; 3246 3247 u64 ts_boottime; 3248 3249 u16 beacon_interval; 3250 u16 capability; 3251 3252 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3253 u8 chains; 3254 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3255 3256 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3257 3258 u8 bssid_index; 3259 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3260 3261 u8 use_for; 3262 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3263 3264 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3265 }; 3266 3267 /** 3268 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3269 * @bss: the bss to search 3270 * @id: the element ID 3271 * 3272 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3273 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3274 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3275 */ 3276 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3277 3278 /** 3279 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3280 * @bss: the bss to search 3281 * @id: the element ID 3282 * 3283 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3284 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3285 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3286 */ 3287 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3288 { 3289 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3290 } 3291 3292 3293 /** 3294 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3295 * 3296 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3297 * authentication. 3298 * 3299 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3300 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3301 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3302 * supported by the station. 3303 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3304 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3305 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3306 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3307 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3308 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3309 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3310 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3311 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3312 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3313 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3314 * transaction sequence number field. 3315 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3316 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3317 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3318 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3319 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3320 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3321 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3322 */ 3323 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3324 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3325 const u8 *ie; 3326 size_t ie_len; 3327 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3328 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3329 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3330 const u8 *key; 3331 u8 key_len; 3332 s8 key_idx; 3333 const u8 *auth_data; 3334 size_t auth_data_len; 3335 s8 link_id; 3336 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3337 }; 3338 3339 /** 3340 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3341 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3342 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3343 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3344 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3345 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3346 * operation as a whole must fail. 3347 */ 3348 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3349 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3350 const u8 *elems; 3351 size_t elems_len; 3352 int error; 3353 }; 3354 3355 /** 3356 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3357 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3358 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3359 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3360 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3361 */ 3362 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3363 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3364 u16 rem_links; 3365 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3366 }; 3367 3368 /** 3369 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3370 * 3371 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3372 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3373 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3374 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3375 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3376 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3377 * request (connect callback). 3378 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3379 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3380 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3381 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3382 * flag is not set. 3383 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3384 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR: Disable UHR 3385 */ 3386 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3387 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3388 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3389 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3390 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3391 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3392 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3393 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3394 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3395 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_UHR = BIT(8), 3396 }; 3397 3398 /** 3399 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3400 * 3401 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3402 * (re)association. 3403 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3404 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3405 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3406 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3407 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3408 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3409 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3410 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3411 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3412 * @crypto: crypto settings 3413 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3414 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3415 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3416 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3417 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3418 * frame. 3419 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3420 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3421 * (or %NULL for no change). 3422 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3423 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3424 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3425 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3426 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3427 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3428 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3429 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3430 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3431 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3432 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3433 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3434 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3435 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3436 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3437 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3438 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3439 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3440 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3441 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3442 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3443 * userspace for the association 3444 */ 3445 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3446 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3447 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3448 size_t ie_len; 3449 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3450 bool use_mfp; 3451 u32 flags; 3452 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3453 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3454 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3455 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3456 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3457 const u8 *fils_kek; 3458 size_t fils_kek_len; 3459 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3460 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3461 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3462 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3463 s8 link_id; 3464 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3465 }; 3466 3467 /** 3468 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3469 * 3470 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3471 * deauthentication. 3472 * 3473 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3474 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3475 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3476 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3477 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3478 * do not set a deauth frame 3479 */ 3480 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3481 const u8 *bssid; 3482 const u8 *ie; 3483 size_t ie_len; 3484 u16 reason_code; 3485 bool local_state_change; 3486 }; 3487 3488 /** 3489 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3490 * 3491 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3492 * disassociation. 3493 * 3494 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3495 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3496 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3497 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3498 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3499 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3500 */ 3501 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3502 const u8 *ap_addr; 3503 const u8 *ie; 3504 size_t ie_len; 3505 u16 reason_code; 3506 bool local_state_change; 3507 }; 3508 3509 /** 3510 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3511 * 3512 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3513 * method. 3514 * 3515 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3516 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3517 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3518 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3519 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3520 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3521 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3522 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3523 * @ie_len: length of that 3524 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3525 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3526 * after joining 3527 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3528 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3529 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3530 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3531 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3532 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3533 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3534 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3535 * to operate on DFS channels. 3536 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3537 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3538 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3539 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3540 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3541 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3542 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3543 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3544 */ 3545 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3546 const u8 *ssid; 3547 const u8 *bssid; 3548 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3549 const u8 *ie; 3550 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3551 u16 beacon_interval; 3552 u32 basic_rates; 3553 bool channel_fixed; 3554 bool privacy; 3555 bool control_port; 3556 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3557 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3558 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3559 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3560 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3561 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3562 int wep_tx_key; 3563 }; 3564 3565 /** 3566 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3567 * 3568 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3569 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3570 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3571 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3572 */ 3573 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3574 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3575 union { 3576 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3577 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3578 } param; 3579 }; 3580 3581 /** 3582 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3583 * 3584 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3585 * authentication and association. 3586 * 3587 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3588 * on scan results) 3589 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3590 * %NULL if not specified 3591 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3592 * results) 3593 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3594 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3595 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3596 * to use. 3597 * @ssid: SSID 3598 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3599 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3600 * @ie: IEs for association request 3601 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3602 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3603 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3604 * @crypto: crypto settings 3605 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3606 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3607 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3608 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3609 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3610 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3611 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3612 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3613 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3614 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3615 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3616 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3617 * networks. 3618 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3619 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3620 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3621 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3622 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3623 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3624 * frame. 3625 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3626 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3627 * data IE. 3628 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3629 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3630 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3631 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3632 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3633 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3634 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3635 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3636 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3637 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3638 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3639 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3640 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3641 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3642 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3643 */ 3644 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3645 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3646 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3647 const u8 *bssid; 3648 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3649 const u8 *ssid; 3650 size_t ssid_len; 3651 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3652 const u8 *ie; 3653 size_t ie_len; 3654 bool privacy; 3655 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3656 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3657 const u8 *key; 3658 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3659 u32 flags; 3660 int bg_scan_period; 3661 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3662 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3663 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3664 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3665 bool pbss; 3666 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3667 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3668 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3669 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3670 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3671 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3672 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3673 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3674 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3675 bool want_1x; 3676 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3677 }; 3678 3679 /** 3680 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3681 * 3682 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3683 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3684 * 3685 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3686 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3687 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3688 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3689 */ 3690 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3691 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3692 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3693 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3694 }; 3695 3696 /** 3697 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3698 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3699 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3700 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3701 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3702 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3703 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3704 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3705 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3706 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3707 */ 3708 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3709 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3710 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3711 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3712 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3713 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3714 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3715 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3716 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3717 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3718 }; 3719 3720 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3721 3722 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3723 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3724 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3725 3726 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3727 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3728 3729 /** 3730 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3731 * 3732 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3733 * caching. 3734 * 3735 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3736 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3737 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3738 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3739 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3740 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3741 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3742 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3743 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3744 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3745 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3746 * %NULL). 3747 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3748 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3749 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3750 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3751 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3752 * used for it expires. 3753 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3754 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3755 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3756 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3757 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3758 */ 3759 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3760 const u8 *bssid; 3761 const u8 *pmkid; 3762 const u8 *pmk; 3763 size_t pmk_len; 3764 const u8 *ssid; 3765 size_t ssid_len; 3766 const u8 *cache_id; 3767 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3768 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3769 }; 3770 3771 /** 3772 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3773 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3774 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3775 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3776 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3777 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3778 * 3779 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3780 * memory, free @mask only! 3781 */ 3782 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3783 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3784 int pattern_len; 3785 int pkt_offset; 3786 }; 3787 3788 /** 3789 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3790 * 3791 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3792 * @src: source IP address 3793 * @dst: destination IP address 3794 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3795 * @src_port: source port 3796 * @dst_port: destination port 3797 * @payload_len: data payload length 3798 * @payload: data payload buffer 3799 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3800 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3801 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3802 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3803 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3804 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3805 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3806 */ 3807 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3808 struct socket *sock; 3809 __be32 src, dst; 3810 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3811 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3812 int payload_len; 3813 const u8 *payload; 3814 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3815 u32 data_interval; 3816 u32 wake_len; 3817 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3818 u32 tokens_size; 3819 /* must be last, variable member */ 3820 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3821 }; 3822 3823 /** 3824 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3825 * 3826 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3827 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3828 * operating as normal during suspend 3829 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3830 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3831 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3832 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3833 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3834 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3835 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3836 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3837 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3838 * NULL if not configured. 3839 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3840 */ 3841 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3842 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3843 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3844 rfkill_release; 3845 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3846 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3847 int n_patterns; 3848 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3849 }; 3850 3851 /** 3852 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3853 * 3854 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3855 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3856 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3857 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3858 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3859 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3860 */ 3861 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3862 int delay; 3863 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3864 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3865 int n_patterns; 3866 }; 3867 3868 /** 3869 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3870 * 3871 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3872 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3873 * @n_rules: number of rules 3874 */ 3875 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3876 int n_rules; 3877 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3878 }; 3879 3880 /** 3881 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3882 * 3883 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3884 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3885 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3886 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3887 * occurred (in MHz) 3888 */ 3889 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3890 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3891 int n_channels; 3892 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3893 }; 3894 3895 /** 3896 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3897 * 3898 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3899 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3900 * match information. 3901 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3902 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3903 */ 3904 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3905 int n_matches; 3906 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3907 }; 3908 3909 /** 3910 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3911 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3912 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3913 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3914 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3915 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3916 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3917 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3918 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3919 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3920 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3921 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3922 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3923 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3924 * it is. 3925 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3926 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3927 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3928 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3929 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3930 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3931 */ 3932 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3933 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3934 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3935 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3936 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3937 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3938 s32 pattern_idx; 3939 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3940 const void *packet; 3941 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3942 }; 3943 3944 /** 3945 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3946 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3947 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3948 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3949 * @kek_len: length of kek 3950 * @kck_len: length of kck 3951 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3952 */ 3953 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3954 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3955 u32 akm; 3956 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3957 }; 3958 3959 /** 3960 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3961 * 3962 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3963 * 3964 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3965 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3966 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3967 */ 3968 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3969 u16 md; 3970 const u8 *ie; 3971 size_t ie_len; 3972 }; 3973 3974 /** 3975 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3976 * 3977 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3978 * 3979 * @chan: channel to use 3980 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3981 * @wait: duration for ROC 3982 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3983 * @len: buffer length 3984 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3985 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3986 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3987 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3988 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3989 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3990 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3991 */ 3992 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3993 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3994 bool offchan; 3995 unsigned int wait; 3996 const u8 *buf; 3997 size_t len; 3998 bool no_cck; 3999 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 4000 int n_csa_offsets; 4001 const u16 *csa_offsets; 4002 int link_id; 4003 }; 4004 4005 /** 4006 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 4007 * 4008 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 4009 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 4010 */ 4011 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 4012 u8 dscp; 4013 u8 up; 4014 }; 4015 4016 /** 4017 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 4018 * 4019 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 4020 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 4021 */ 4022 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 4023 u8 low; 4024 u8 high; 4025 }; 4026 4027 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 4028 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 4029 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 4030 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 4031 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 4032 4033 /** 4034 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 4035 * 4036 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 4037 * 4038 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 4039 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 4040 * the user priority DSCP range definition 4041 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 4042 */ 4043 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 4044 u8 num_des; 4045 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 4046 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 4047 }; 4048 4049 /** 4050 * DOC: Neighbor Awareness Networking (NAN) 4051 * 4052 * NAN uses two interface types: 4053 * 4054 * - %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: a non-netdev interface. This has two roles: (1) holds 4055 * the configuration of all NAN activities (DE parameters, synchronisation 4056 * parameters, local schedule, etc.), and (2) uses as the NAN Management 4057 * Interface (NMI), which is used for NAN management communication. 4058 * 4059 * - %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: The NAN Data Interface (NDI), used for data 4060 * communication with NAN peers. 4061 * 4062 * An NDI interface can only be started (IFF_UP) if the NMI one is running and 4063 * NAN is started. Before NAN is stopped, all associated NDI interfaces 4064 * must be stopped first. 4065 * 4066 * The local schedule specifies which channels the device is available on and 4067 * when. Must be cancelled before NAN is stopped. 4068 * 4069 * NAN Stations 4070 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4071 * 4072 * There are two types of stations corresponding to the two interface types: 4073 * 4074 * - NMI station: Represents the NAN peer. Peer-specific data such as the peer's 4075 * schedule and the HT, VHT and HE capabilities belongs to the NMI station. 4076 * Also used for Tx/Rx of NAN management frames to/from the peer. 4077 * Added on the %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN interface. 4078 * 4079 * - NDI station: Used for Tx/Rx of data frames (and non-NAN management frames) 4080 * for a specific NDP established with the NAN peer. Added on the 4081 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA interface. 4082 * 4083 * A peer may reuse its NMI address as the NDI address. In that case, two 4084 * separate stations should be added even though they share the same MAC 4085 * address. 4086 * 4087 * HT, VHT and HE capabilities should not changes after it was set. It is the 4088 * driver's responsibility to check that. 4089 * 4090 * An NDI station can only be added if the corresponding NMI station has already 4091 * been configured with HT (and possibly VHT and HE) capabilities. It is the 4092 * driver's responsibility to check that. 4093 * 4094 * All NDI stations must be removed before corresponding NMI station is removed. 4095 * Therefore, removing a NMI station implies that the associated NDI station(s) 4096 * (if any) will be removed first. 4097 * 4098 * NAN Dependencies 4099 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4100 * 4101 * The following diagram shows the dependencies between NAN components. 4102 * An arrow from A to B means A must be started/added before B, and B must be 4103 * stopped/removed before A: 4104 * 4105 * +-------------+ 4106 * | NMI iface |---(local schedule) 4107 * +------+------+ 4108 * / \ 4109 * v v 4110 * +-----------+ +-------------+ 4111 * | NDI iface | | NMI sta |---(peer schedule) 4112 * +-----+-----+ +------+------+ 4113 * \ / 4114 * v v 4115 * +----------+ 4116 * | NDI sta | 4117 * +----------+ 4118 */ 4119 4120 /** 4121 * struct cfg80211_nan_band_config - NAN band specific configuration 4122 * 4123 * @chan: Pointer to the IEEE 802.11 channel structure. The channel to be used 4124 * for NAN operations on this band. For 2.4 GHz band, this is always 4125 * channel 6. For 5 GHz band, the channel is either 44 or 149, according 4126 * to the regulatory constraints. If chan pointer is NULL the entire band 4127 * configuration entry is considered invalid and should not be used. 4128 * @rssi_close: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm 4129 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 4130 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 4131 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should 4132 * be greater than -60 dBm. 4133 * @rssi_middle: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm. 4134 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 4135 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 4136 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should be 4137 * greater than -75 dBm and less than rssi_close. 4138 * @awake_dw_interval: Committed DW interval. Valid values range: 0-5. 0 4139 * indicates no wakeup for DW and can't be used on 2.4GHz band, otherwise 4140 * 2^(n-1). 4141 * @disable_scan: If true, the device will not scan this band for cluster 4142 * merge. Disabling scan on 2.4 GHz band is not allowed. 4143 */ 4144 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config { 4145 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 4146 s8 rssi_close; 4147 s8 rssi_middle; 4148 u8 awake_dw_interval; 4149 bool disable_scan; 4150 }; 4151 4152 /** 4153 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 4154 * 4155 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 4156 * 4157 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 4158 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 4159 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4160 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4161 * @cluster_id: cluster ID used for NAN synchronization. This is a MAC address 4162 * that can take a value from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. 4163 * @scan_period: period (in seconds) between NAN scans. 4164 * @scan_dwell_time: dwell time (in milliseconds) for NAN scans. 4165 * @discovery_beacon_interval: interval (in TUs) for discovery beacons. 4166 * @enable_dw_notification: flag to enable/disable discovery window 4167 * notifications. 4168 * @band_cfgs: array of band specific configurations, indexed by 4169 * &enum nl80211_band values. 4170 * @extra_nan_attrs: pointer to additional NAN attributes. 4171 * @extra_nan_attrs_len: length of the additional NAN attributes. 4172 * @vendor_elems: pointer to vendor-specific elements. 4173 * @vendor_elems_len: length of the vendor-specific elements. 4174 */ 4175 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 4176 u8 master_pref; 4177 u8 bands; 4178 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4179 u16 scan_period; 4180 u16 scan_dwell_time; 4181 u8 discovery_beacon_interval; 4182 bool enable_dw_notification; 4183 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config band_cfgs[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4184 const u8 *extra_nan_attrs; 4185 u16 extra_nan_attrs_len; 4186 const u8 *vendor_elems; 4187 u16 vendor_elems_len; 4188 }; 4189 4190 #define CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS 32 4191 4192 /** 4193 * struct cfg80211_nan_channel - NAN channel configuration 4194 * 4195 * This struct defines a NAN channel configuration 4196 * 4197 * @chandef: the channel definition 4198 * @channel_entry: pointer to the Channel Entry blob as defined in Wi-Fi Aware 4199 * (TM) 4.0 specification Table 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN 4200 * Availability attribute). 4201 * @rx_nss: number of spatial streams supported on this channel 4202 */ 4203 struct cfg80211_nan_channel { 4204 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4205 const u8 *channel_entry; 4206 u8 rx_nss; 4207 }; 4208 4209 /** 4210 * struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched - NAN local schedule 4211 * 4212 * This struct defines NAN local schedule parameters 4213 * 4214 * @schedule: a mapping of time slots to chandef indexes in %nan_channels. 4215 * An unscheduled slot will be set to %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT. 4216 * @n_channels: number of channel definitions in %nan_channels. 4217 * @nan_avail_blob: pointer to NAN Availability attribute blob. 4218 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB for more details. 4219 * @nan_avail_blob_len: length of the @nan_avail_blob in bytes. 4220 * @deferred: if true, the command containing this schedule configuration is a 4221 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This 4222 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers, 4223 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot 4224 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). 4225 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details. 4226 * If false, the schedule is applied immediately. 4227 * @nan_channels: array of NAN channel definitions that can be scheduled. 4228 */ 4229 struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched { 4230 u8 schedule[CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS]; 4231 u8 n_channels; 4232 const u8 *nan_avail_blob; 4233 u16 nan_avail_blob_len; 4234 bool deferred; 4235 struct cfg80211_nan_channel nan_channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 4236 }; 4237 4238 /** 4239 * struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map - NAN peer schedule map 4240 * 4241 * This struct defines a single NAN peer schedule map 4242 * 4243 * @map_id: map ID of this schedule map 4244 * @schedule: a mapping of time slots to chandef indexes in the schedule's 4245 * @nan_channels. Each slot lasts 16TUs. An unscheduled slot will be 4246 * set to %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT. 4247 */ 4248 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map { 4249 u8 map_id; 4250 u8 schedule[CFG80211_NAN_SCHED_NUM_TIME_SLOTS]; 4251 }; 4252 4253 #define CFG80211_NAN_MAX_PEER_MAPS 2 4254 #define CFG80211_NAN_INVALID_MAP_ID 0xff 4255 4256 /** 4257 * struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched - NAN peer schedule 4258 * 4259 * This struct defines NAN peer schedule parameters for a peer. 4260 * 4261 * @peer_addr: MAC address of the peer (NMI address) 4262 * @seq_id: sequence ID of the peer schedule. 4263 * @committed_dw: committed DW as published by the peer. 4264 * See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW 4265 * @max_chan_switch: maximum channel switch time in microseconds as published 4266 * by the peer. See %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME. 4267 * @init_ulw: initial ULWs as published by the peer. 4268 * @ulw_size: number of bytes in @init_ulw. 4269 * @n_channels: number of channel definitions in @nan_channels. 4270 * @nan_channels: array of NAN channel definitions for this schedule. 4271 * @maps: array of peer schedule maps. Unused entries have 4272 * map_id = %CFG80211_NAN_INVALID_MAP_ID. 4273 */ 4274 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched { 4275 const u8 *peer_addr; 4276 u8 seq_id; 4277 u16 committed_dw; 4278 u16 max_chan_switch; 4279 const u8 *init_ulw; 4280 u16 ulw_size; 4281 u8 n_channels; 4282 struct cfg80211_nan_channel *nan_channels; 4283 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_map maps[CFG80211_NAN_MAX_PEER_MAPS]; 4284 }; 4285 4286 /** 4287 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 4288 * configuration 4289 * 4290 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 4291 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 4292 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG: changed additional configuration. 4293 * When this flag is set, it indicates that some additional attribute(s) 4294 * (other then master_pref and bands) have been changed. In this case, 4295 * all the unchanged attributes will be properly configured to their 4296 * previous values. The driver doesn't need to store any 4297 * previous configuration besides master_pref and bands. 4298 */ 4299 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 4300 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 4301 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 4302 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG = BIT(2), 4303 }; 4304 4305 /** 4306 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 4307 * 4308 * @filter: the content of the filter 4309 * @len: the length of the filter 4310 */ 4311 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 4312 const u8 *filter; 4313 u8 len; 4314 }; 4315 4316 /** 4317 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 4318 * 4319 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 4320 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 4321 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 4322 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 4323 * implementation specific. 4324 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 4325 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 4326 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 4327 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 4328 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 4329 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 4330 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 4331 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 4332 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 4333 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 4334 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 4335 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 4336 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 4337 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 4338 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 4339 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 4340 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 4341 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 4342 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 4343 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 4344 */ 4345 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 4346 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 4347 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 4348 u8 publish_type; 4349 bool close_range; 4350 bool publish_bcast; 4351 bool subscribe_active; 4352 u8 followup_id; 4353 u8 followup_reqid; 4354 struct mac_address followup_dest; 4355 u32 ttl; 4356 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 4357 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 4358 bool srf_include; 4359 const u8 *srf_bf; 4360 u8 srf_bf_len; 4361 u8 srf_bf_idx; 4362 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 4363 int srf_num_macs; 4364 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 4365 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 4366 u8 num_tx_filters; 4367 u8 num_rx_filters; 4368 u8 instance_id; 4369 u64 cookie; 4370 }; 4371 4372 /** 4373 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 4374 * 4375 * @aa: authenticator address 4376 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 4377 * @pmk: the PMK material 4378 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 4379 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 4380 * holds PMK-R0. 4381 */ 4382 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 4383 const u8 *aa; 4384 u8 pmk_len; 4385 const u8 *pmk; 4386 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 4387 }; 4388 4389 /** 4390 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 4391 * 4392 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 4393 * 4394 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 4395 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 4396 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 4397 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 4398 * authentication response command interface. 4399 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 4400 * authentication response command interface. 4401 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 4402 * authentication request event interface. 4403 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 4404 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 4405 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 4406 * response command interface (user space to driver). 4407 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 4408 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 4409 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 4410 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 4411 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 4412 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 4413 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4414 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4415 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4416 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4417 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4418 * chosen for the authentication. 4419 */ 4420 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4421 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4422 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4423 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4424 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4425 u16 status; 4426 const u8 *pmkid; 4427 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4428 }; 4429 4430 /** 4431 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4432 * 4433 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4434 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4435 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4436 * answered 4437 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4438 * successfully answered 4439 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4440 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4441 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4442 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4443 * of how much time the responder was busy 4444 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4445 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4446 * the responder 4447 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4448 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4449 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4450 */ 4451 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4452 u32 filled; 4453 u32 success_num; 4454 u32 partial_num; 4455 u32 failed_num; 4456 u32 asap_num; 4457 u32 non_asap_num; 4458 u64 total_duration_ms; 4459 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4460 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4461 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4462 }; 4463 4464 /** 4465 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4466 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4467 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4468 * reason than just "failure" 4469 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4470 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4471 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4472 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4473 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4474 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4475 * by the responder 4476 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4477 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4478 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4479 * @burst_period: actual burst period negotiated in units of 100ms 4480 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4481 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4482 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4483 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4484 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4485 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4486 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4487 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4488 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4489 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4490 * the square root of the variance) 4491 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4492 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4493 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4494 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4495 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4496 * @tx_ltf_repetition_count: negotiated value of number of tx ltf repetitions 4497 * in NDP frames 4498 * @rx_ltf_repetition_count: negotiated value of number of rx ltf repetitions 4499 * in NDP frames 4500 * @max_time_between_measurements: the negotiated maximum interval (in units of 4501 * 10 ms) by which the ISTA must complete the next measurement cycle. 4502 * @min_time_between_measurements: the negotiated minimum interval (in units of 4503 * 100 us) between two consecutive range measurements initiated by the 4504 * ISTA. 4505 * @num_tx_spatial_streams: number of Tx space-time streams used in the NDP 4506 * frame during the measurement sounding phase. 4507 * @num_rx_spatial_streams: number of Rx space-time streams used in the NDP 4508 * frame during the measurement sounding phase. 4509 * @nominal_time: negotiated nominal duration between adjacent availability 4510 * windows in units of milliseconds (u32). 4511 * @availability_window: negotiated availability window time used in this 4512 * session in units of milliseconds (u8). 4513 * @chan_width: band width used for measurement. 4514 * @preamble: preamble used for measurement. 4515 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4516 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4517 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4518 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4519 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4520 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4521 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4522 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4523 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4524 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4525 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4526 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4527 * @tx_ltf_repetition_count_valid: @tx_ltf_repetition_count is valid 4528 * @rx_ltf_repetition_count_valid: @rx_ltf_repetition_count is valid 4529 * @max_time_between_measurements_valid: @max_time_between_measurements is valid 4530 * @min_time_between_measurements_valid: @min_time_between_measurements is valid 4531 * @num_tx_spatial_streams_valid: @num_tx_spatial_streams is valid 4532 * @num_rx_spatial_streams_valid: @num_rx_spatial_streams is valid 4533 * @nominal_time_valid: @nominal_time is valid 4534 * @availability_window_valid: @availability_window is valid 4535 * @chan_width_valid: @chan_width is valid. 4536 * @preamble_valid: @preamble is valid. 4537 * @is_delayed_lmr: indicates if the reported LMR is of the current burst or the 4538 * previous burst, flag. 4539 */ 4540 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4541 const u8 *lci; 4542 const u8 *civicloc; 4543 unsigned int lci_len; 4544 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4545 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4546 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4547 s16 burst_index; 4548 u8 busy_retry_time; 4549 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4550 u8 burst_duration; 4551 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4552 u16 burst_period; 4553 s32 rssi_avg; 4554 s32 rssi_spread; 4555 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4556 s64 rtt_avg; 4557 s64 rtt_variance; 4558 s64 rtt_spread; 4559 s64 dist_avg; 4560 s64 dist_variance; 4561 s64 dist_spread; 4562 u32 tx_ltf_repetition_count; 4563 u32 rx_ltf_repetition_count; 4564 u32 max_time_between_measurements; 4565 u32 min_time_between_measurements; 4566 u8 num_tx_spatial_streams; 4567 u8 num_rx_spatial_streams; 4568 u32 nominal_time; 4569 u8 availability_window; 4570 enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width; 4571 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4572 4573 u32 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4574 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4575 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4576 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4577 tx_rate_valid:1, 4578 rx_rate_valid:1, 4579 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4580 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4581 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4582 dist_avg_valid:1, 4583 dist_variance_valid:1, 4584 dist_spread_valid:1, 4585 tx_ltf_repetition_count_valid:1, 4586 rx_ltf_repetition_count_valid:1, 4587 max_time_between_measurements_valid:1, 4588 min_time_between_measurements_valid:1, 4589 num_tx_spatial_streams_valid:1, 4590 num_rx_spatial_streams_valid:1, 4591 nominal_time_valid:1, 4592 availability_window_valid:1, 4593 chan_width_valid:1, 4594 preamble_valid:1, 4595 is_delayed_lmr:1; 4596 }; 4597 4598 /** 4599 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4600 * @addr: address of the peer 4601 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4602 * measurement was made) 4603 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4604 * @status: status of the measurement 4605 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4606 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4607 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4608 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4609 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4610 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4611 * @ftm: FTM result 4612 */ 4613 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4614 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4615 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4616 4617 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4618 4619 u8 final:1, 4620 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4621 4622 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4623 4624 union { 4625 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4626 }; 4627 }; 4628 4629 /** 4630 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4631 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4632 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4633 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4634 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4635 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4636 * @burst_duration: burst duration. If @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is 4637 * set, this is the burst duration in milliseconds, and zero means the 4638 * device should pick an appropriate value based on @ftms_per_burst. 4639 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst. If set to 0, the firmware or 4640 * driver can automatically select an appropriate value. 4641 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4642 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4643 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4644 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4645 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4646 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4647 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4648 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4649 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4650 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4651 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4652 * @rsta: Operate as the RSTA in the measurement. Only valid if @lmr_feedback 4653 * and either @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4654 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4655 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4656 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4657 * @request_type: ranging request type, one of 4658 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type. Defaults to 4659 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA if not specified. 4660 * @min_time_between_measurements: minimum time between two consecutive range 4661 * measurements in units of 100 microseconds, for non-trigger based 4662 * ranging. Should be set as short as possible to minimize turnaround 4663 * time, since two-way ranging with delayed LMR requires two measurements. 4664 * Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4665 * @max_time_between_measurements: maximum time between two consecutive range 4666 * measurements in units of 10 milliseconds, for non-trigger based 4667 * ranging. Acts as a session timeout; if exceeded, the ranging session 4668 * should be terminated. Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4669 * @availability_window: duration of the availability window (AW) in units of 4670 * 1 millisecond (0-255 ms). Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4671 * If set to 0, the firmware or driver can automatically select an 4672 * appropriate value. 4673 * @nominal_time: Nominal duration between adjacent availability windows 4674 * in units of milli seconds. Only valid if @non_trigger_based is set. 4675 * If set to 0, the firmware or driver can automatically select an 4676 * appropriate value. 4677 * @num_measurements: number of Availability Windows (AWs) to schedule 4678 * for non-trigger-based ranging. Each AW may contain multiple FTM 4679 * exchanges as configured by @ftms_per_burst. Only valid if 4680 * @non_trigger_based is set. If set to 0, the firmware or driver 4681 * can automatically select an appropriate value. 4682 * @ingress_distance: optional ingress threshold in units of mm. When set, 4683 * the measurement result of the peer needs to be indicated if the device 4684 * moves into this range. Measurement results need to be sent on a burst 4685 * index basis in this case. 4686 * @egress_distance: optional egress threshold in units of mm. When set, 4687 * the measurement result of the peer needs to be indicated if the device 4688 * moves out of this range. Measurement results need to be sent on a burst 4689 * index basis in this case. 4690 * If neither or only one of @ingress_distance and @egress_distance 4691 * is set, only the specified threshold is used. If both are set, both 4692 * thresholds are applied. If neither is set, results are reported without 4693 * threshold filtering. 4694 * @pd_suppress_range_results: flag to suppress ranging results for PD 4695 * requests. When set, the device performs ranging measurements to 4696 * provide ranging services to a peer (e.g. in RSTA role) but does 4697 * not report the measurement results to userspace. Only valid when 4698 * @request_type is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD. 4699 * 4700 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4701 */ 4702 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4703 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4704 u16 burst_period; 4705 u8 requested:1, 4706 asap:1, 4707 request_lci:1, 4708 request_civicloc:1, 4709 trigger_based:1, 4710 non_trigger_based:1, 4711 lmr_feedback:1, 4712 rsta:1; 4713 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4714 u8 burst_duration; 4715 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4716 u8 ftmr_retries; 4717 u8 bss_color; 4718 4719 u32 request_type; 4720 u32 min_time_between_measurements; 4721 u32 max_time_between_measurements; 4722 u8 availability_window; 4723 u32 nominal_time; 4724 u32 num_measurements; 4725 u64 ingress_distance; 4726 u64 egress_distance; 4727 u8 pd_suppress_range_results:1; 4728 }; 4729 4730 /** 4731 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4732 * @addr: MAC address 4733 * @chandef: channel to use 4734 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4735 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4736 */ 4737 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4738 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4739 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4740 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4741 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4742 }; 4743 4744 /** 4745 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4746 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4747 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4748 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4749 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4750 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4751 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4752 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4753 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4754 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4755 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4756 * zero it means there's no timeout 4757 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4758 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4759 */ 4760 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4761 u64 cookie; 4762 void *drv_data; 4763 u32 n_peers; 4764 u32 nl_portid; 4765 4766 u32 timeout; 4767 4768 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4769 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4770 4771 struct list_head list; 4772 4773 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4774 }; 4775 4776 /** 4777 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4778 * 4779 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4780 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4781 * 4782 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4783 * 4784 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4785 * has to be done. 4786 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4787 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4788 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4789 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4790 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4791 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4792 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4793 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4794 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4795 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4796 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4797 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4798 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4799 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4800 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4801 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4802 */ 4803 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4804 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4805 u16 status; 4806 const u8 *ie; 4807 size_t ie_len; 4808 int assoc_link_id; 4809 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4810 }; 4811 4812 /** 4813 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4814 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4815 * for the entire device 4816 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4817 * for the given interface 4818 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4819 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4820 * for these subtypes 4821 */ 4822 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4823 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4824 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4825 }; 4826 4827 /** 4828 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4829 * 4830 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4831 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4832 * 4833 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4834 * on success or a negative error code. 4835 * 4836 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4837 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4838 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4839 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4840 * 4841 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4842 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4843 * configured for the device. 4844 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4845 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4846 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4847 * the device. 4848 * 4849 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4850 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4851 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4852 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4853 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4854 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4855 * 4856 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4857 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4858 * 4859 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4860 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4861 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4862 * 4863 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4864 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4865 * address is available. 4866 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4867 * 4868 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4869 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4870 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4871 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4872 * 4873 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4874 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4875 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4876 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4877 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4878 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4879 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4880 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4881 * 4882 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4883 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4884 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4885 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4886 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4887 * 4888 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4889 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4890 * 4891 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4892 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4893 * 4894 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4895 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4896 * 4897 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4898 * 4899 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4900 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4901 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4902 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4903 * 4904 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4905 * @del_station: Remove a station 4906 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4907 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4908 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4909 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4910 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4911 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4912 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4913 * 4914 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4915 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4916 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4917 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4918 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4919 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4920 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4921 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4922 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4923 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4924 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4925 * 4926 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4927 * 4928 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4929 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4930 * set, and which to leave alone. 4931 * 4932 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4933 * 4934 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4935 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4936 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4937 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4938 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4939 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4940 * 4941 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4942 * 4943 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4944 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4945 * join the mesh instead. 4946 * 4947 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4948 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4949 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4950 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4951 * 4952 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4953 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4954 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4955 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4956 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4957 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4958 * 4959 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4960 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4961 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4962 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4963 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4964 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4965 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4966 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4967 * 4968 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4969 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4970 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4971 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4972 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4973 * was received. 4974 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4975 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4976 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4977 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4978 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4979 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4980 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4981 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4982 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4983 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4984 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4985 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4986 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4987 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4988 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4989 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4990 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4991 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4992 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4993 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4994 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4995 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4996 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4997 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4998 * 4999 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 5000 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 5001 * to a merge. 5002 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5003 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 5004 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5005 * 5006 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 5007 * MESH mode) 5008 * 5009 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 5010 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 5011 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 5012 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 5013 * 5014 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 5015 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 5016 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 5017 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 5018 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 5019 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 5020 * return 0 if successful 5021 * 5022 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 5023 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 5024 * 5025 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 5026 * 5027 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 5028 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 5029 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 5030 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 5031 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 5032 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 5033 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 5034 * the duration value. 5035 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 5036 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 5037 * frame on another channel 5038 * 5039 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 5040 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 5041 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 5042 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 5043 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 5044 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 5045 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 5046 * 5047 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 5048 * 5049 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 5050 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 5051 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 5052 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 5053 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 5054 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 5055 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 5056 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 5057 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 5058 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 5059 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 5060 * disabled.) 5061 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 5062 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 5063 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 5064 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 5065 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 5066 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 5067 * thresholds. 5068 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 5069 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 5070 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 5071 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 5072 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 5073 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 5074 * stop (when this method returns 0). 5075 * 5076 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 5077 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 5078 * 5079 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 5080 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 5081 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 5082 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 5083 * 5084 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 5085 * 5086 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 5087 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 5088 * 5089 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 5090 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 5091 * 5092 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 5093 * 5094 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 5095 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 5096 * current monitoring channel. 5097 * 5098 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 5099 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 5100 * 5101 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 5102 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 5103 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 5104 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 5105 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 5106 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 5107 * 5108 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 5109 * 5110 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 5111 * was finished on another phy. 5112 * 5113 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 5114 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 5115 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 5116 * 5117 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 5118 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 5119 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 5120 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 5121 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 5122 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 5123 * 5124 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 5125 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 5126 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 5127 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 5128 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 5129 * as soon as possible. 5130 * 5131 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 5132 * 5133 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 5134 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 5135 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 5136 * 5137 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 5138 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 5139 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 5140 * account. 5141 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 5142 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 5143 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 5144 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 5145 * rejected) 5146 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 5147 * 5148 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 5149 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5150 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 5151 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5152 * 5153 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 5154 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 5155 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 5156 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 5157 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 5158 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 5159 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 5160 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 5161 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 5162 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 5163 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 5164 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 5165 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 5166 * provided @nan_func. 5167 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 5168 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 5169 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 5170 * All other parameters must be ignored. 5171 * @nan_set_local_sched: configure the local schedule for NAN. The schedule 5172 * consists of an array of %cfg80211_nan_channel and the schedule itself, 5173 * in which each entry maps each time slot to the channel on which the 5174 * radio should operate on. If the chandef of a NAN channel is not 5175 * changed, the channel entry must also remain unchanged. It is the 5176 * driver's responsibility to verify this. 5177 * @nan_set_peer_sched: configure the peer schedule for NAN. The schedule 5178 * consists of an array of %cfg80211_nan_channel and the schedule itself, 5179 * in which each entry maps each time slot to a channel on which the 5180 * radio should operate on. In addition, it contains more peer's schedule 5181 * information such as committed DW, etc. When updating an existing peer 5182 * schedule, the full new schedule is provided - partial updates are not 5183 * supported, and the new schedule completely replaces the previous one. 5184 * 5185 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 5186 * 5187 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 5188 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 5189 * 5190 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 5191 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 5192 * upon which the driver should clear it. 5193 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5194 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 5195 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 5196 * 5197 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 5198 * user space 5199 * 5200 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 5201 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 5202 * 5203 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 5204 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 5205 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 5206 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 5207 * 5208 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 5209 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 5210 * DH IE through this interface. 5211 * 5212 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 5213 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 5214 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 5215 * This callback may sleep. 5216 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 5217 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 5218 * 5219 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 5220 * 5221 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 5222 * 5223 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 5224 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 5225 * Response frame. 5226 * 5227 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 5228 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 5229 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 5230 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 5231 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 5232 * radar channel. 5233 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 5234 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 5235 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 5236 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 5237 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 5238 * 5239 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 5240 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 5241 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 5242 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 5243 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 5244 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 5245 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 5246 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 5247 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 5248 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 5249 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 5250 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 5251 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 5252 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 5253 * 5254 * @start_pd: Start the PD interface. 5255 * @stop_pd: Stop the PD interface. 5256 */ 5257 struct cfg80211_ops { 5258 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 5259 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5260 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 5261 5262 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5263 const char *name, 5264 unsigned char name_assign_type, 5265 enum nl80211_iftype type, 5266 struct vif_params *params); 5267 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5268 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5269 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5270 struct net_device *dev, 5271 enum nl80211_iftype type, 5272 struct vif_params *params); 5273 5274 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5275 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5276 unsigned int link_id); 5277 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5278 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5279 unsigned int link_id); 5280 5281 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5282 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5283 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 5284 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5285 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5286 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 5287 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 5288 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5289 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 5290 const u8 *mac_addr); 5291 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5292 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 5293 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 5294 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5295 struct wireless_dev *wdev, int link_id, 5296 u8 key_index); 5297 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5298 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5299 int link_id, 5300 u8 key_index); 5301 5302 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5303 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 5304 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5305 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 5306 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5307 unsigned int link_id); 5308 5309 5310 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5311 const u8 *mac, 5312 struct station_parameters *params); 5313 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5314 struct station_del_parameters *params); 5315 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5316 const u8 *mac, 5317 struct station_parameters *params); 5318 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5319 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 5320 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5321 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 5322 5323 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5324 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 5325 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5326 const u8 *dst); 5327 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5328 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 5329 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5330 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5331 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5332 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 5333 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5334 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5335 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5336 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5337 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 5338 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 5339 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5340 struct net_device *dev, 5341 struct mesh_config *conf); 5342 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5343 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 5344 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 5345 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5346 const struct mesh_config *conf, 5347 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 5348 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5349 5350 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5351 struct ocb_setup *setup); 5352 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5353 5354 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5355 struct bss_parameters *params); 5356 5357 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5358 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 5359 5360 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5361 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 5362 5363 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5364 struct net_device *dev, 5365 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5366 5367 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5368 struct net_device *dev, 5369 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5370 5371 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5372 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 5373 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5374 5375 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5376 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 5377 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5378 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 5379 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5380 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 5381 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5382 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 5383 5384 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5385 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 5386 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5387 struct net_device *dev, 5388 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 5389 u32 changed); 5390 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5391 u16 reason_code); 5392 5393 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5394 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 5395 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5396 5397 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5398 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 5399 5400 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5401 u32 changed); 5402 5403 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5404 int radio_idx, 5405 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 5406 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5407 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 5408 5409 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5410 5411 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 5412 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5413 void *data, int len); 5414 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 5415 struct netlink_callback *cb, 5416 void *data, int len); 5417 #endif 5418 5419 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5420 struct net_device *dev, 5421 unsigned int link_id, 5422 const u8 *peer, 5423 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 5424 5425 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5426 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 5427 5428 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5429 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5430 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5431 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5432 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 5433 5434 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5435 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5436 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 5437 unsigned int duration, 5438 u64 *cookie, const u8 *rx_addr); 5439 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5440 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5441 u64 cookie); 5442 5443 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5444 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 5445 u64 *cookie); 5446 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5447 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5448 u64 cookie); 5449 5450 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5451 bool enabled, int timeout); 5452 5453 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5454 struct net_device *dev, 5455 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 5456 5457 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5458 struct net_device *dev, 5459 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 5460 5461 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5462 struct net_device *dev, 5463 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 5464 5465 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5466 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5467 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 5468 5469 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5470 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 5471 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5472 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 5473 5474 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5475 struct net_device *dev, 5476 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 5477 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5478 u64 reqid); 5479 5480 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5481 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 5482 5483 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5484 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 5485 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 5486 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 5487 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5488 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5489 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 5490 5491 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5492 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 5493 5494 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5495 struct net_device *dev, 5496 u16 noack_map); 5497 5498 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5499 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5500 unsigned int link_id, 5501 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5502 5503 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5504 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5505 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5506 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5507 5508 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5509 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 5510 5511 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5512 struct net_device *dev, 5513 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5514 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 5515 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5516 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 5517 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5518 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 5519 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5520 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5521 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 5522 u16 duration); 5523 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5524 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5525 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5526 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 5527 5528 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5529 struct net_device *dev, 5530 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 5531 5532 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5533 struct net_device *dev, 5534 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5535 5536 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5537 unsigned int link_id, 5538 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5539 5540 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5541 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5542 u16 admitted_time); 5543 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5544 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5545 5546 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5547 struct net_device *dev, 5548 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5549 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5550 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5551 struct net_device *dev, 5552 const u8 *addr); 5553 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5554 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5555 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5556 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5557 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5558 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5559 u64 cookie); 5560 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5561 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5562 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5563 u32 changes); 5564 int (*nan_set_local_sched)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5565 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5566 struct cfg80211_nan_local_sched *sched); 5567 int (*nan_set_peer_sched)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5568 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5569 struct cfg80211_nan_peer_sched *sched); 5570 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5571 struct net_device *dev, 5572 const bool enabled); 5573 5574 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5575 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5576 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5577 5578 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5579 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5580 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5581 const u8 *aa); 5582 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5583 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5584 5585 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5586 struct net_device *dev, 5587 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5588 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5589 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5590 u64 *cookie); 5591 5592 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5593 struct net_device *dev, 5594 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5595 5596 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5597 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5598 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5599 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5600 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5601 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5602 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5603 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5604 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5605 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5606 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5607 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5608 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5609 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5610 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5611 struct net_device *dev, 5612 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5613 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5614 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5615 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5616 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5617 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5618 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5619 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5620 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5621 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5622 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5623 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5624 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5625 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5626 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5627 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5628 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5629 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5630 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5631 bool val); 5632 int (*start_pd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5633 void (*stop_pd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5634 }; 5635 5636 /* 5637 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5638 * and registration/helper functions 5639 */ 5640 5641 /** 5642 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5643 * 5644 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5645 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5646 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5647 * wiphy at all 5648 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5649 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5650 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5651 * reason to override the default 5652 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5653 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5654 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5655 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5656 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5657 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5658 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5659 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5660 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5661 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5662 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5663 * firmware. 5664 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5665 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5666 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5667 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5668 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5669 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5670 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5671 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5672 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5673 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5674 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5675 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5676 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5677 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5678 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5679 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5680 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5681 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5682 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5683 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5684 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5685 * should set this flag for now. 5686 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5687 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5688 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5689 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5690 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5691 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5692 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5693 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5694 */ 5695 enum wiphy_flags { 5696 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5697 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5698 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5699 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5700 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5701 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5702 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5703 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5704 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5705 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5706 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5707 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5708 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5709 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5710 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5711 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5712 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5713 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5714 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5715 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5716 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5717 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5718 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5719 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5720 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5721 }; 5722 5723 /** 5724 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5725 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5726 * @types: interface types (bits) 5727 */ 5728 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5729 u16 max; 5730 u16 types; 5731 }; 5732 5733 /** 5734 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5735 * 5736 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5737 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5738 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5739 * that radio. 5740 * 5741 * Examples: 5742 * 5743 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5744 * 5745 * .. code-block:: c 5746 * 5747 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5748 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5749 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5750 * }; 5751 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5752 * .limits = limits1, 5753 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5754 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5755 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5756 * }; 5757 * 5758 * 5759 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5760 * 5761 * .. code-block:: c 5762 * 5763 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5764 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5765 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5766 * }; 5767 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5768 * .limits = limits2, 5769 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5770 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5771 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5772 * }; 5773 * 5774 * 5775 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5776 * 5777 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5778 * 5779 * .. code-block:: c 5780 * 5781 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5782 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5783 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5784 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5785 * }; 5786 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5787 * .limits = limits3, 5788 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5789 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5790 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5791 * }; 5792 * 5793 */ 5794 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5795 /** 5796 * @limits: 5797 * limits for the given interface types 5798 */ 5799 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5800 5801 /** 5802 * @num_different_channels: 5803 * can use up to this many different channels 5804 */ 5805 u32 num_different_channels; 5806 5807 /** 5808 * @max_interfaces: 5809 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5810 */ 5811 u16 max_interfaces; 5812 5813 /** 5814 * @n_limits: 5815 * number of limitations 5816 */ 5817 u8 n_limits; 5818 5819 /** 5820 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5821 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5822 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5823 */ 5824 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5825 5826 /** 5827 * @radar_detect_widths: 5828 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5829 */ 5830 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5831 5832 /** 5833 * @radar_detect_regions: 5834 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5835 */ 5836 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5837 5838 /** 5839 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5840 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5841 * 5842 * = 0 5843 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5844 * > 0 5845 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5846 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5847 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5848 */ 5849 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5850 }; 5851 5852 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5853 u16 tx, rx; 5854 }; 5855 5856 /** 5857 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5858 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5859 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5860 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5861 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5862 * packet should be preserved in that case 5863 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5864 * (see nl80211.h) 5865 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5866 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5867 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5868 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5869 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5870 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5871 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5872 */ 5873 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5874 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5875 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5876 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5877 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5878 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5879 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5880 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5881 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5882 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5883 }; 5884 5885 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5886 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5887 u32 data_payload_max; 5888 u32 data_interval_max; 5889 u32 wake_payload_max; 5890 bool seq; 5891 }; 5892 5893 /** 5894 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5895 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5896 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5897 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5898 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5899 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5900 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5901 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5902 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5903 * scheduled scans. 5904 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5905 * details. 5906 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5907 */ 5908 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5909 u32 flags; 5910 int n_patterns; 5911 int pattern_max_len; 5912 int pattern_min_len; 5913 int max_pkt_offset; 5914 int max_nd_match_sets; 5915 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5916 }; 5917 5918 /** 5919 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5920 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5921 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5922 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5923 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5924 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5925 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5926 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5927 */ 5928 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5929 int n_rules; 5930 int max_delay; 5931 int n_patterns; 5932 int pattern_max_len; 5933 int pattern_min_len; 5934 int max_pkt_offset; 5935 }; 5936 5937 /** 5938 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5939 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5940 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5941 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5942 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5943 */ 5944 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5945 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5946 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5947 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5948 }; 5949 5950 /** 5951 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5952 * 5953 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5954 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5955 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5956 * 5957 */ 5958 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5959 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5960 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5961 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5962 }; 5963 5964 /** 5965 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5966 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5967 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5968 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5969 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5970 */ 5971 5972 struct sta_opmode_info { 5973 u32 changed; 5974 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5975 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5976 u8 rx_nss; 5977 }; 5978 5979 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5980 5981 /** 5982 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5983 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5984 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5985 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5986 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5987 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5988 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5989 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5990 * dumpit calls. 5991 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5992 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5993 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5994 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5995 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5996 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5997 * are used with dump requests. 5998 */ 5999 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 6000 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 6001 u32 flags; 6002 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6003 const void *data, int data_len); 6004 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6005 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 6006 unsigned long *storage); 6007 const struct nla_policy *policy; 6008 unsigned int maxattr; 6009 }; 6010 6011 /** 6012 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 6013 * @iftype: interface type 6014 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 6015 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 6016 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 6017 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 6018 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 6019 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 6020 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 6021 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 6022 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 6023 * @ext_mld_capa_and_ops: Extended MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 6024 */ 6025 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 6026 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6027 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 6028 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 6029 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6030 u16 eml_capabilities; 6031 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 6032 u16 ext_mld_capa_and_ops; 6033 }; 6034 6035 /** 6036 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 6037 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 6038 * @type: the interface type to look up 6039 * 6040 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 6041 */ 6042 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 6043 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 6044 6045 /** 6046 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 6047 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 6048 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 6049 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 6050 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 6051 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 6052 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 6053 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 6054 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 6055 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 6056 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 6057 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 6058 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 6059 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 6060 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 6061 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 6062 * not limited) 6063 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6064 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6065 * @ftm.support_6ghz: supports ranging in 6 GHz band 6066 * @ftm.max_tx_ltf_rep: maximum number of TX LTF repetitions supported (0 means 6067 * only one LTF, no repetitions) 6068 * @ftm.max_rx_ltf_rep: maximum number of RX LTF repetitions supported (0 means 6069 * only one LTF, no repetitions) 6070 * @ftm.max_tx_sts: maximum number of TX STS supported (zero based) 6071 * @ftm.max_rx_sts: maximum number of RX STS supported (zero based) 6072 * @ftm.max_total_ltf_tx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be transmitted 6073 * (0 means unknown) 6074 * @ftm.max_total_ltf_rx: maximum total number of LTFs that can be received 6075 * (0 means unknown) 6076 * @ftm.ista: initiator role capabilities 6077 * @ftm.ista.support_ntb: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6078 * NTB ranging. 6079 * @ftm.ista.support_tb: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6080 * TB ranging. 6081 * @ftm.ista.support_edca: supports operating as ISTA in PMSR FTM request for 6082 * EDCA based ranging. 6083 * @ftm.ista.max_peers: maximum number of peers supported in the ISTA role. 6084 * If zero, no role-specific peer limit applies. 6085 * @ftm.rsta: responder role capabilities 6086 * @ftm.rsta.support_ntb: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6087 * NTB ranging. 6088 * @ftm.rsta.support_tb: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6089 * TB ranging. 6090 * @ftm.rsta.support_edca: supports operating as RSTA in PMSR FTM request for 6091 * EDCA based ranging. 6092 * @ftm.rsta.max_peers: maximum number of peers supported in the RSTA role. 6093 * If zero, no role-specific peer limit applies. 6094 * @ftm.max_no_of_tx_antennas: maximum number of transmit antennas supported for 6095 * EDCA based ranging (0 means unknown) 6096 * @ftm.max_no_of_rx_antennas: maximum number of receive antennas supported for 6097 * EDCA based ranging (0 means unknown) 6098 * @ftm.min_allowed_ranging_interval_edca: Minimum EDCA ranging 6099 * interval supported by the device in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). 6100 * Applications can use this value to estimate the burst period to be 6101 * given in the FTM request for the EDCA based ranging case. If 6102 * non-zero, this value will be used to validate the burst period in 6103 * the FTM request. 6104 * @ftm.min_allowed_ranging_interval_ntb: Minimum NTB ranging 6105 * interval supported by the device in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). 6106 * Applications can use this value to estimate the burst period to be 6107 * given in the FTM request for the NTB ranging case. If non-zero, 6108 * this value will be used to validate the nominal time in the FTM 6109 * request. 6110 * @ftm.type: ranging type capabilities 6111 * @ftm.type.infra_support: supports infrastructure ranging (STA-to-AP or 6112 * AP-to-STA) as part of Proximity Detection 6113 * @ftm.type.pd_support: supports peer-to-peer ranging as mentioned in the 6114 * specification "PR Implementation Consideration Draft 1.9 rev 1" where 6115 * PD stands for proximity detection 6116 * @ftm.concurrent_ista_rsta_support: indicates if the device can 6117 * simultaneously act as initiator and responder in a multi-peer 6118 * measurement request. Only valid if @ftm.rsta_support is set. 6119 * @ftm.pd_preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 6120 * for PD ranging requests. Ignored if @ftm.type.pd_support is not set. 6121 * @ftm.pd_bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 6122 * for PD ranging requests. Ignored if @ftm.type.pd_support is not set. 6123 */ 6124 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 6125 unsigned int max_peers; 6126 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 6127 randomize_mac_addr:1; 6128 6129 struct { 6130 u32 preambles; 6131 u32 bandwidths; 6132 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 6133 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 6134 u8 supported:1, 6135 asap:1, 6136 non_asap:1, 6137 request_lci:1, 6138 request_civicloc:1, 6139 trigger_based:1, 6140 non_trigger_based:1, 6141 support_6ghz:1; 6142 u8 max_tx_ltf_rep; 6143 u8 max_rx_ltf_rep; 6144 u8 max_tx_sts; 6145 u8 max_rx_sts; 6146 u8 max_total_ltf_tx; 6147 u8 max_total_ltf_rx; 6148 struct { 6149 u8 support_ntb:1, 6150 support_tb:1, 6151 support_edca:1; 6152 u32 max_peers; 6153 } ista; 6154 struct { 6155 u8 support_ntb:1, 6156 support_tb:1, 6157 support_edca:1; 6158 u32 max_peers; 6159 } rsta; 6160 u8 max_no_of_tx_antennas; 6161 u8 max_no_of_rx_antennas; 6162 u32 min_allowed_ranging_interval_edca; 6163 u32 min_allowed_ranging_interval_ntb; 6164 struct { 6165 u8 infra_support:1, 6166 pd_support:1; 6167 } type; 6168 u8 concurrent_ista_rsta_support:1; 6169 u32 pd_preambles; 6170 u32 pd_bandwidths; 6171 } ftm; 6172 }; 6173 6174 /** 6175 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 6176 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 6177 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 6178 * 6179 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 6180 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 6181 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 6182 */ 6183 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 6184 u16 iftypes_mask; 6185 const u32 *akm_suites; 6186 int n_akm_suites; 6187 }; 6188 6189 /** 6190 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 6191 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 6192 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 6193 * 6194 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 6195 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 6196 * @radio_debugfsdir: Pointer to debugfs directory containing the radio- 6197 * specific parameters. 6198 * NULL (default) = Debugfs directory not created 6199 */ 6200 struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 6201 u32 rts_threshold; 6202 struct dentry *radio_debugfsdir; 6203 }; 6204 6205 /** 6206 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 6207 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 6208 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 6209 */ 6210 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 6211 u32 start_freq; 6212 u32 end_freq; 6213 }; 6214 6215 6216 /** 6217 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 6218 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 6219 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 6220 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 6221 * 6222 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 6223 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 6224 * 6225 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 6226 * list single interface types. 6227 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 6228 * 6229 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 6230 */ 6231 struct wiphy_radio { 6232 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 6233 int n_freq_range; 6234 6235 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6236 int n_iface_combinations; 6237 6238 u32 antenna_mask; 6239 }; 6240 6241 /** 6242 * enum wiphy_nan_flags - NAN capabilities 6243 * 6244 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Device supports NAN configurable 6245 * synchronization. 6246 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE: Device doesn't support DE offload. 6247 */ 6248 enum wiphy_nan_flags { 6249 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC = BIT(0), 6250 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE = BIT(1), 6251 }; 6252 6253 /** 6254 * struct wiphy_nan_capa - NAN capabilities 6255 * 6256 * This structure describes the NAN capabilities of a wiphy. 6257 * 6258 * @flags: NAN capabilities flags, see &enum wiphy_nan_flags 6259 * @op_mode: NAN operation mode, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification 6260 * Table 81. 6261 * @n_antennas: number of antennas supported by the device for Tx/Rx. Lower 6262 * nibble indicates the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the 6263 * number of RX antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not 6264 * available. 6265 * @max_channel_switch_time: maximum channel switch time in microseconds. 6266 * @dev_capabilities: NAN device capabilities as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 6267 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 6268 * @phy: Band-agnostic capabilities for NAN data interfaces. Since NAN 6269 * operates on multiple channels simultaneously, these capabilities apply 6270 * across all bands. Valid only if NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA is supported. 6271 * @phy.ht: HT capabilities (mandatory for NAN data) 6272 * @phy.vht: VHT capabilities (optional) 6273 * @phy.he: HE capabilities (optional) 6274 */ 6275 struct wiphy_nan_capa { 6276 u32 flags; 6277 u8 op_mode; 6278 u8 n_antennas; 6279 u16 max_channel_switch_time; 6280 u8 dev_capabilities; 6281 struct { 6282 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht; 6283 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht; 6284 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he; 6285 } phy; 6286 }; 6287 6288 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 6289 6290 /** 6291 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 6292 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 6293 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 6294 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 6295 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 6296 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 6297 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 6298 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 6299 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 6300 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 6301 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 6302 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 6303 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 6304 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 6305 * iftype_akm_suites. 6306 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 6307 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 6308 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 6309 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 6310 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 6311 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 6312 * suites are specified separately. 6313 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 6314 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 6315 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 6316 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 6317 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 6318 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 6319 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 6320 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 6321 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 6322 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 6323 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 6324 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 6325 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 6326 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 6327 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 6328 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 6329 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 6330 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 6331 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 6332 * unregister hardware 6333 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 6334 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 6335 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 6336 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 6337 * (see below). 6338 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 6339 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 6340 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 6341 * must be set by driver 6342 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 6343 * list single interface types. 6344 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 6345 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 6346 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 6347 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 6348 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 6349 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 6350 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 6351 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 6352 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 6353 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 6354 * this variable determines its size 6355 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 6356 * any given scan 6357 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 6358 * the device can run concurrently. 6359 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 6360 * for in any given scheduled scan 6361 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 6362 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 6363 * supported. 6364 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 6365 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 6366 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 6367 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 6368 * scans 6369 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 6370 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 6371 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 6372 * single scan plan supported by the device. 6373 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 6374 * scan plan supported by the device. 6375 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 6376 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 6377 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 6378 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 6379 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 6380 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 6381 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 6382 * 6383 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 6384 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 6385 * type 6386 * 6387 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 6388 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 6389 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 6390 * 6391 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 6392 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 6393 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 6394 * 6395 * @probe_resp_offload: 6396 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 6397 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 6398 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 6399 * 6400 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 6401 * may request, if implemented. 6402 * 6403 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 6404 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 6405 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 6406 * to the suspend() operation instead. 6407 * 6408 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 6409 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 6410 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 6411 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 6412 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 6413 * 6414 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 6415 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 6416 * 6417 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 6418 * supports for ACL. 6419 * 6420 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 6421 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 6422 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 6423 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 6424 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 6425 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 6426 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 6427 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 6428 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 6429 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 6430 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 6431 * capabilities are specified separately. 6432 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 6433 * 6434 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 6435 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 6436 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 6437 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 6438 * 6439 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 6440 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 6441 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 6442 * some cases, but may not always reach. 6443 * 6444 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 6445 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 6446 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 6447 * infinite. 6448 * @bss_param_support: bitmask indicating which bss_parameters as defined in 6449 * &struct bss_parameters the driver can actually handle in the 6450 * .change_bss() callback. The bit positions are defined in &enum 6451 * wiphy_bss_param_flags. 6452 * 6453 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 6454 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 6455 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 6456 * 6457 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 6458 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 6459 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 6460 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 6461 * @nan_capa: NAN capabilities 6462 * 6463 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 6464 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 6465 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 6466 * 6467 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 6468 * wake_tx_queue 6469 * 6470 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 6471 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 6472 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 6473 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 6474 * 6475 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 6476 * 6477 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 6478 * device has 6479 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 6480 * supported by the driver for each vif 6481 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 6482 * supported by the driver for each peer 6483 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 6484 * long/short retry configuration 6485 * 6486 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 6487 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 6488 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 6489 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 6490 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 6491 * 6492 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 6493 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 6494 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 6495 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 6496 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 6497 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 6498 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 6499 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 6500 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 6501 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 6502 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 6503 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 6504 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 6505 * 6506 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 6507 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 6508 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 6509 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 6510 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 6511 * specify a mac address). 6512 * 6513 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 6514 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 6515 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 6516 * 6517 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 6518 * @n_radio: number of radios 6519 */ 6520 struct wiphy { 6521 struct mutex mtx; 6522 6523 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 6524 6525 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 6526 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 6527 6528 struct mac_address *addresses; 6529 6530 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 6531 6532 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6533 int n_iface_combinations; 6534 u16 software_iftypes; 6535 6536 u16 n_addresses; 6537 6538 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 6539 u16 interface_modes; 6540 6541 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 6542 6543 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 6544 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 6545 6546 u32 ap_sme_capa; 6547 6548 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 6549 6550 int bss_priv_size; 6551 u8 max_scan_ssids; 6552 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 6553 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 6554 u8 max_match_sets; 6555 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 6556 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 6557 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 6558 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 6559 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 6560 6561 int n_cipher_suites; 6562 const u32 *cipher_suites; 6563 6564 int n_akm_suites; 6565 const u32 *akm_suites; 6566 6567 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 6568 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 6569 6570 u8 retry_short; 6571 u8 retry_long; 6572 u32 frag_threshold; 6573 u32 rts_threshold; 6574 u8 coverage_class; 6575 6576 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 6577 u32 hw_version; 6578 6579 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 6580 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 6581 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 6582 #endif 6583 6584 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 6585 6586 u8 max_num_pmkids; 6587 6588 u32 available_antennas_tx; 6589 u32 available_antennas_rx; 6590 6591 u32 probe_resp_offload; 6592 6593 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 6594 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6595 6596 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 6597 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 6598 6599 const void *privid; 6600 6601 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 6602 6603 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6604 struct regulatory_request *request); 6605 6606 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 6607 6608 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 6609 6610 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 6611 6612 struct device dev; 6613 6614 bool registered; 6615 6616 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 6617 6618 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 6619 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 6620 6621 struct list_head wdev_list; 6622 6623 possible_net_t _net; 6624 6625 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6626 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 6627 #endif 6628 6629 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 6630 6631 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 6632 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 6633 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 6634 6635 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 6636 6637 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 6638 6639 u32 bss_param_support; 6640 u32 bss_select_support; 6641 6642 u8 nan_supported_bands; 6643 struct wiphy_nan_capa nan_capa; 6644 6645 u32 txq_limit; 6646 u32 txq_memory_limit; 6647 u32 txq_quantum; 6648 6649 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 6650 6651 u8 support_mbssid:1, 6652 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 6653 6654 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 6655 6656 struct { 6657 u64 peer, vif; 6658 u8 max_retry; 6659 } tid_config_support; 6660 6661 u8 max_data_retry_count; 6662 6663 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 6664 6665 struct rfkill *rfkill; 6666 6667 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 6668 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 6669 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 6670 6671 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 6672 6673 int n_radio; 6674 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 6675 6676 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 6677 }; 6678 6679 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6680 { 6681 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 6682 } 6683 6684 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 6685 { 6686 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 6687 } 6688 6689 /** 6690 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 6691 * 6692 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 6693 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 6694 */ 6695 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6696 { 6697 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6698 return &wiphy->priv; 6699 } 6700 6701 /** 6702 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6703 * 6704 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6705 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6706 */ 6707 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6708 { 6709 BUG_ON(!priv); 6710 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6711 } 6712 6713 /** 6714 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6715 * 6716 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6717 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6718 */ 6719 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6720 { 6721 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6722 } 6723 6724 /** 6725 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6726 * 6727 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6728 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6729 */ 6730 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6731 { 6732 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6733 } 6734 6735 /** 6736 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6737 * 6738 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6739 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6740 */ 6741 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6742 { 6743 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6744 } 6745 6746 /** 6747 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6748 * 6749 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6750 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6751 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6752 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6753 * 6754 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6755 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6756 * 6757 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6758 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6759 */ 6760 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6761 const char *requested_name); 6762 6763 /** 6764 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6765 * 6766 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6767 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6768 * 6769 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6770 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6771 * 6772 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6773 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6774 */ 6775 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6776 int sizeof_priv) 6777 { 6778 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6779 } 6780 6781 /** 6782 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6783 * 6784 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6785 * 6786 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6787 */ 6788 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6789 6790 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6791 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6792 6793 /** 6794 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6795 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6796 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6797 * 6798 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6799 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6800 */ 6801 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6802 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6803 6804 /** 6805 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6806 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6807 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6808 * 6809 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6810 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6811 */ 6812 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6813 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6814 6815 /** 6816 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6817 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6818 * 6819 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6820 * 6821 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6822 */ 6823 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6824 6825 /** 6826 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6827 * 6828 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6829 * 6830 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6831 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6832 * request that is being handled. 6833 */ 6834 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6835 6836 /** 6837 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6838 * 6839 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6840 */ 6841 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6842 6843 /* internal structs */ 6844 struct cfg80211_conn; 6845 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6846 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6847 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6848 6849 /** 6850 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6851 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6852 * 6853 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6854 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6855 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6856 * differentiate which way it's called. 6857 * 6858 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6859 * 6860 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6861 * 6862 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6863 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6864 */ 6865 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6866 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6867 { 6868 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6869 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6870 } 6871 6872 /** 6873 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6874 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6875 */ 6876 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6877 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6878 { 6879 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6880 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6881 } 6882 6883 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6884 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6885 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6886 6887 struct wiphy_work; 6888 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6889 6890 struct wiphy_work { 6891 struct list_head entry; 6892 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6893 }; 6894 6895 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6896 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6897 { 6898 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6899 work->func = func; 6900 } 6901 6902 /** 6903 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6904 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6905 * @work: the work item 6906 * 6907 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6908 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6909 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6910 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6911 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6912 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6913 */ 6914 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6915 6916 /** 6917 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6918 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6919 * @work: the work to cancel 6920 * 6921 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6922 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6923 */ 6924 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6925 6926 /** 6927 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6928 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6929 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6930 * 6931 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6932 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6933 */ 6934 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6935 6936 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6937 struct wiphy_work work; 6938 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6939 struct timer_list timer; 6940 }; 6941 6942 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6943 6944 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6945 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6946 { 6947 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6948 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6949 } 6950 6951 /** 6952 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6953 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6954 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6955 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6956 * 6957 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6958 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6959 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6960 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6961 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6962 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6963 * 6964 * Note that these are scheduled with a timer where the accuracy 6965 * becomes less the longer in the future the scheduled timer is. Use 6966 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue() if the timer must be not be late by more 6967 * than approximately 10 percent. 6968 */ 6969 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6970 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6971 unsigned long delay); 6972 6973 /** 6974 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6975 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6976 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6977 * 6978 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6979 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6980 */ 6981 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6982 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6983 6984 /** 6985 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6986 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6987 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6988 * 6989 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6990 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6991 */ 6992 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6993 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6994 6995 /** 6996 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6997 * work item is currently pending. 6998 * 6999 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7000 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 7001 * 7002 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 7003 * 7004 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 7005 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 7006 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 7007 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 7008 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 7009 * won't run before that. 7010 * 7011 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 7012 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 7013 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 7014 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 7015 * is currently executing. 7016 * 7017 * CPU0 CPU1 7018 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 7019 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 7020 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 7021 * 7022 * [...] 7023 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 7024 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 7025 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 7026 * wk->timer->function() | 7027 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 7028 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 7029 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 7030 * | been run yet 7031 * [...] | 7032 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 7033 * wk->func() V 7034 * 7035 */ 7036 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7037 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 7038 7039 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work { 7040 struct wiphy_work work; 7041 struct wiphy *wiphy; 7042 struct hrtimer timer; 7043 }; 7044 7045 enum hrtimer_restart wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer(struct hrtimer *t); 7046 7047 static inline void wiphy_hrtimer_work_init(struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 7048 wiphy_work_func_t func) 7049 { 7050 hrtimer_setup(&hrwork->timer, wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer, 7051 CLOCK_BOOTTIME, HRTIMER_MODE_REL); 7052 wiphy_work_init(&hrwork->work, func); 7053 } 7054 7055 /** 7056 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue - queue hrtimer work for the wiphy 7057 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 7058 * @hrwork: the high resolution timer worker 7059 * @delay: the delay given as a ktime_t 7060 * 7061 * Please refer to wiphy_delayed_work_queue(). The difference is that 7062 * the hrtimer work uses a high resolution timer for scheduling. This 7063 * may be needed if timeouts might be scheduled further in the future 7064 * and the accuracy of the normal timer is not sufficient. 7065 * 7066 * Expect a delay of a few milliseconds as the timer is scheduled 7067 * with some slack and some more time may pass between queueing the 7068 * work and its start. 7069 */ 7070 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7071 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 7072 ktime_t delay); 7073 7074 /** 7075 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel - cancel previously queued hrtimer work 7076 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7077 * @hrtimer: the hrtimer work to cancel 7078 * 7079 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 7080 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 7081 */ 7082 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7083 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrtimer); 7084 7085 /** 7086 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush - flush previously queued hrtimer work 7087 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7088 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work to flush 7089 * 7090 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 7091 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 7092 */ 7093 void wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7094 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 7095 7096 /** 7097 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy hrtimer 7098 * work item is currently pending. 7099 * 7100 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 7101 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work in question 7102 * 7103 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 7104 * 7105 * Please refer to the wiphy_delayed_work_pending() documentation as 7106 * this is the equivalent function for hrtimer based delayed work 7107 * items. 7108 */ 7109 bool wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7110 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 7111 7112 /** 7113 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 7114 * 7115 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 7116 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 7117 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 7118 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 7119 */ 7120 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 7121 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 7122 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 7123 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 7124 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 7125 }; 7126 7127 /** 7128 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 7129 * 7130 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 7131 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 7132 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 7133 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 7134 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 7135 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 7136 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 7137 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 7138 * 7139 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 7140 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 7141 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 7142 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 7143 * 7144 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 7145 * @iftype: interface type 7146 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 7147 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 7148 * for the notifier 7149 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 7150 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 7151 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 7152 * wireless device if it has no netdev 7153 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 7154 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 7155 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 7156 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 7157 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 7158 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 7159 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 7160 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 7161 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 7162 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 7163 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 7164 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 7165 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 7166 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 7167 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 7168 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 7169 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 7170 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 7171 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 7172 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 7173 * need to propagate the update to the driver 7174 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 7175 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 7176 * the P2P Device. 7177 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 7178 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 7179 * @unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 7180 * registered for unexpected frames (AP mode or NAN_DATA mode) 7181 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 7182 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 7183 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 7184 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 7185 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 7186 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 7187 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 7188 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 7189 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 7190 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 7191 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 7192 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 7193 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 7194 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 7195 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 7196 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 7197 * unprotected beacon report 7198 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 7199 * @ap and @client for each link 7200 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 7201 * started 7202 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 7203 * entered. 7204 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 7205 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 7206 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 7207 */ 7208 struct wireless_dev { 7209 struct wiphy *wiphy; 7210 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 7211 7212 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 7213 struct list_head list; 7214 struct net_device *netdev; 7215 7216 u32 identifier; 7217 7218 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 7219 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 7220 7221 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 7222 7223 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 7224 7225 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 7226 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 7227 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 7228 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 7229 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 7230 7231 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 7232 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7233 7234 struct list_head event_list; 7235 spinlock_t event_lock; 7236 7237 u8 connected:1; 7238 7239 bool ps; 7240 int ps_timeout; 7241 7242 u32 unexpected_nlportid; 7243 7244 u32 owner_nlportid; 7245 bool nl_owner_dead; 7246 7247 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 7248 /* wext data */ 7249 struct { 7250 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 7251 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 7252 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 7253 const u8 *ie; 7254 size_t ie_len; 7255 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7256 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 7257 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7258 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 7259 bool prev_bssid_valid; 7260 } wext; 7261 #endif 7262 7263 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 7264 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 7265 7266 struct list_head pmsr_list; 7267 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 7268 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 7269 7270 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 7271 7272 union { 7273 struct { 7274 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7275 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7276 u8 ssid_len; 7277 } client; 7278 struct { 7279 int beacon_interval; 7280 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 7281 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7282 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 7283 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 7284 } mesh; 7285 struct { 7286 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 7287 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7288 u8 ssid_len; 7289 } ap; 7290 struct { 7291 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 7292 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7293 int beacon_interval; 7294 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 7295 u8 ssid_len; 7296 } ibss; 7297 struct { 7298 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7299 } ocb; 7300 struct { 7301 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7302 u8 n_channels; 7303 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandefs; 7304 bool sched_update_pending; 7305 } nan; 7306 } u; 7307 7308 struct { 7309 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7310 union { 7311 struct { 7312 unsigned int beacon_interval; 7313 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 7314 } ap; 7315 struct { 7316 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 7317 } client; 7318 }; 7319 7320 bool cac_started; 7321 unsigned long cac_start_time; 7322 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 7323 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7324 u16 valid_links; 7325 7326 u32 radio_mask; 7327 }; 7328 7329 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7330 { 7331 if (wdev->netdev) 7332 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 7333 return wdev->address; 7334 } 7335 7336 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7337 { 7338 if (wdev->netdev) 7339 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 7340 return wdev->is_running; 7341 } 7342 7343 /** 7344 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 7345 * 7346 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 7347 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 7348 */ 7349 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 7350 { 7351 BUG_ON(!wdev); 7352 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 7353 } 7354 7355 /** 7356 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 7357 * @wdev: the wdev 7358 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 7359 * 7360 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 7361 */ 7362 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7363 unsigned int link_id); 7364 7365 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7366 unsigned int link_id) 7367 { 7368 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 7369 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 7370 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 7371 } 7372 7373 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 7374 for (link_id = 0; \ 7375 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 7376 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 7377 link_id++) \ 7378 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 7379 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 7380 7381 /** 7382 * DOC: Utility functions 7383 * 7384 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 7385 */ 7386 7387 /** 7388 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 7389 * 7390 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 7391 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 7392 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 7393 */ 7394 static inline bool 7395 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 7396 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 7397 { 7398 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 7399 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 7400 } 7401 7402 /** 7403 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 7404 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 7405 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 7406 */ 7407 static inline u32 7408 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 7409 { 7410 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 7411 } 7412 7413 /** 7414 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 7415 * @chan: channel number 7416 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 7417 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 7418 */ 7419 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 7420 7421 /** 7422 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 7423 * @chan: channel number 7424 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 7425 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 7426 */ 7427 static inline int 7428 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 7429 { 7430 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 7431 } 7432 7433 /** 7434 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 7435 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 7436 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 7437 */ 7438 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 7439 7440 /** 7441 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 7442 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 7443 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 7444 */ 7445 static inline int 7446 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 7447 { 7448 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 7449 } 7450 7451 /** 7452 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 7453 * frequency 7454 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 7455 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 7456 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 7457 */ 7458 struct ieee80211_channel * 7459 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 7460 7461 /** 7462 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 7463 * 7464 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 7465 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 7466 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 7467 */ 7468 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 7469 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 7470 { 7471 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 7472 } 7473 7474 /** 7475 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 7476 * @chan: control channel to check 7477 * 7478 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 7479 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 7480 * 7481 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 7482 */ 7483 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 7484 { 7485 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 7486 return false; 7487 7488 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 7489 } 7490 7491 /** 7492 * ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid - Check if the radio supports the 7493 * specified frequency range 7494 * 7495 * @radio: wiphy radio 7496 * @freq: the frequency (in KHz) to be queried 7497 * @width: the bandwidth (in KHz) to be queried 7498 * 7499 * Return: whether or not the given frequency range is valid for the given radio 7500 */ 7501 bool ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 7502 u32 freq, u32 width); 7503 7504 /** 7505 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 7506 * 7507 * @radio: wiphy radio 7508 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 7509 * 7510 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 7511 */ 7512 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 7513 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7514 7515 /** 7516 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 7517 * 7518 * @wdev: the wireless device 7519 * @chan: channel to check 7520 * 7521 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 7522 */ 7523 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7524 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 7525 7526 /** 7527 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 7528 * 7529 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7530 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 7531 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 7532 * 7533 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 7534 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 7535 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 7536 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 7537 */ 7538 const struct ieee80211_rate * 7539 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 7540 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 7541 7542 /** 7543 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 7544 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7545 * 7546 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 7547 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 7548 */ 7549 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 7550 7551 /* 7552 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 7553 * 7554 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 7555 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 7556 */ 7557 7558 struct radiotap_align_size { 7559 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 7560 }; 7561 7562 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 7563 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 7564 int n_bits; 7565 uint32_t oui; 7566 uint8_t subns; 7567 }; 7568 7569 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 7570 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 7571 int n_ns; 7572 }; 7573 7574 /** 7575 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 7576 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 7577 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 7578 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 7579 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 7580 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 7581 * the beginning of the actual data portion 7582 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 7583 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 7584 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 7585 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 7586 * radiotap namespace or not 7587 * 7588 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 7589 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 7590 * @_arg_index: next argument index 7591 * @_arg: next argument pointer 7592 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 7593 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 7594 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 7595 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 7596 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 7597 * next bitmap word 7598 * 7599 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 7600 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 7601 */ 7602 7603 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 7604 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 7605 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 7606 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 7607 7608 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 7609 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 7610 7611 unsigned char *this_arg; 7612 int this_arg_index; 7613 int this_arg_size; 7614 7615 int is_radiotap_ns; 7616 7617 int _max_length; 7618 int _arg_index; 7619 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 7620 int _reset_on_ext; 7621 }; 7622 7623 int 7624 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 7625 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 7626 int max_length, 7627 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 7628 7629 int 7630 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 7631 7632 7633 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 7634 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 7635 7636 /** 7637 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 7638 * 7639 * @skb: the frame 7640 * 7641 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 7642 * returns the 802.11 header length. 7643 * 7644 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 7645 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 7646 * 802.11 header. 7647 */ 7648 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 7649 7650 /** 7651 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 7652 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 7653 * Return: The header length in bytes. 7654 */ 7655 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 7656 7657 /** 7658 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 7659 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 7660 * (first byte) will be accessed 7661 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 7662 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 7663 */ 7664 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 7665 7666 /** 7667 * DOC: Data path helpers 7668 * 7669 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 7670 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 7671 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 7672 */ 7673 7674 /** 7675 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7676 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7677 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 7678 * of it being pushed into the SKB 7679 * @addr: the device MAC address 7680 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7681 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 7682 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 7683 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7684 */ 7685 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 7686 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7687 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 7688 7689 /** 7690 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7691 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7692 * @addr: the device MAC address 7693 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7694 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7695 */ 7696 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 7697 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 7698 { 7699 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 7700 } 7701 7702 /** 7703 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 7704 * 7705 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 7706 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 7707 * mesh control field. 7708 * 7709 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7710 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 7711 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 7712 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7713 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7714 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 7715 */ 7716 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 7717 7718 /** 7719 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 7720 * 7721 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 7722 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 7723 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 7724 * 7725 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7726 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 7727 * initialized by the caller. 7728 * @addr: The device MAC address. 7729 * @iftype: The device interface type. 7730 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 7731 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7732 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7733 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 7734 */ 7735 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 7736 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7737 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 7738 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 7739 u8 mesh_control); 7740 7741 /** 7742 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 7743 * 7744 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 7745 * protocol. 7746 * 7747 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 7748 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 7749 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 7750 */ 7751 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 7752 7753 /** 7754 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 7755 * 7756 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 7757 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 7758 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 7759 * 7760 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 7761 * 7762 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7763 */ 7764 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 7765 7766 /** 7767 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 7768 * @skb: the data frame 7769 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 7770 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 7771 */ 7772 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 7773 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 7774 7775 /** 7776 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 7777 * 7778 * @eid: element ID 7779 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7780 * @len: length of data 7781 * @match: byte array to match 7782 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7783 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7784 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7785 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7786 * the data portion instead. 7787 * 7788 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7789 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7790 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7791 * requested element struct. 7792 * 7793 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7794 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7795 * byte array to match. 7796 */ 7797 const struct element * 7798 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7799 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7800 unsigned int match_offset); 7801 7802 /** 7803 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7804 * 7805 * @eid: element ID 7806 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7807 * @len: length of data 7808 * @match: byte array to match 7809 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7810 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7811 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7812 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7813 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7814 * the second byte is the IE length. 7815 * 7816 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7817 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7818 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7819 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7820 * element ID. 7821 * 7822 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7823 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7824 * byte array to match. 7825 */ 7826 static inline const u8 * 7827 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7828 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7829 unsigned int match_offset) 7830 { 7831 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7832 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7833 */ 7834 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7835 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7836 return NULL; 7837 7838 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7839 match, match_len, 7840 match_offset ? 7841 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7842 } 7843 7844 /** 7845 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7846 * 7847 * @eid: element ID 7848 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7849 * @len: length of data 7850 * 7851 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7852 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7853 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7854 * requested element struct. 7855 * 7856 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7857 * having to fit into the given data. 7858 */ 7859 static inline const struct element * 7860 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7861 { 7862 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7863 } 7864 7865 /** 7866 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7867 * 7868 * @eid: element ID 7869 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7870 * @len: length of data 7871 * 7872 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7873 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7874 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7875 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7876 * 7877 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7878 * having to fit into the given data. 7879 */ 7880 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7881 { 7882 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7883 } 7884 7885 /** 7886 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7887 * 7888 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7889 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7890 * @len: length of data 7891 * 7892 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7893 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7894 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7895 * requested element struct. 7896 * 7897 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7898 * having to fit into the given data. 7899 */ 7900 static inline const struct element * 7901 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7902 { 7903 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7904 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7905 } 7906 7907 /** 7908 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7909 * 7910 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7911 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7912 * @len: length of data 7913 * 7914 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7915 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7916 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7917 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7918 * 7919 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7920 * having to fit into the given data. 7921 */ 7922 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7923 { 7924 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7925 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7926 } 7927 7928 /** 7929 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7930 * 7931 * @oui: vendor OUI 7932 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7933 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7934 * @len: length of data 7935 * 7936 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7937 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7938 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7939 * 7940 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7941 * the given data. 7942 */ 7943 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7944 const u8 *ies, 7945 unsigned int len); 7946 7947 /** 7948 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7949 * 7950 * @oui: vendor OUI 7951 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7952 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7953 * @len: length of data 7954 * 7955 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7956 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7957 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7958 * element ID. 7959 * 7960 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7961 * the given data. 7962 */ 7963 static inline const u8 * 7964 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7965 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7966 { 7967 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7968 } 7969 7970 /** 7971 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7972 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7973 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7974 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7975 */ 7976 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7977 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7978 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7979 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7980 }; 7981 7982 /** 7983 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7984 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7985 * their entries in 7986 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7987 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7988 * for the return value 7989 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7990 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7991 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7992 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7993 * or elements were malformed.) 7994 */ 7995 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7996 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7997 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7998 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7999 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 8000 void *iter_data); 8001 8002 /** 8003 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 8004 * 8005 * @elem: the element to defragment 8006 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 8007 * @ieslen: length of @ies 8008 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 8009 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 8010 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 8011 * 8012 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 8013 * 8014 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 8015 * skipping all headers. 8016 * 8017 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 8018 * element in-place. 8019 */ 8020 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 8021 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 8022 u8 frag_id); 8023 8024 /** 8025 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 8026 * 8027 * @dev: network device 8028 * @addr: STA MAC address 8029 * 8030 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 8031 * devices upon STA association. 8032 */ 8033 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 8034 8035 /** 8036 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 8037 * 8038 * TODO 8039 */ 8040 8041 /** 8042 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 8043 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 8044 * conflicts) 8045 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 8046 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 8047 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 8048 * alpha2. 8049 * 8050 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 8051 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 8052 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 8053 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 8054 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 8055 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 8056 * 8057 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 8058 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 8059 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 8060 * 8061 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 8062 * an -ENOMEM. 8063 * 8064 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 8065 */ 8066 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 8067 8068 /** 8069 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 8070 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8071 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 8072 * 8073 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 8074 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 8075 * information. 8076 * 8077 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 8078 */ 8079 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8080 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 8081 8082 /** 8083 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 8084 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8085 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 8086 * 8087 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 8088 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 8089 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 8090 * 8091 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 8092 */ 8093 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8094 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 8095 8096 /** 8097 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 8098 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 8099 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 8100 * 8101 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 8102 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 8103 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 8104 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 8105 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 8106 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 8107 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 8108 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 8109 * that called this helper. 8110 */ 8111 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8112 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 8113 8114 /** 8115 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 8116 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 8117 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 8118 * 8119 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 8120 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 8121 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 8122 * and processed already. 8123 * 8124 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 8125 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 8126 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 8127 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 8128 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 8129 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 8130 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 8131 */ 8132 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8133 u32 center_freq); 8134 8135 /** 8136 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 8137 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 8138 * 8139 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 8140 * proper string representation. 8141 * 8142 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 8143 */ 8144 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 8145 8146 /** 8147 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 8148 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 8149 * 8150 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 8151 * 8152 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 8153 */ 8154 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8155 8156 /** 8157 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 8158 * 8159 */ 8160 8161 /** 8162 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 8163 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 8164 * 8165 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 8166 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 8167 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 8168 * 8169 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 8170 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 8171 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 8172 * 8173 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 8174 * an -ENODATA. 8175 * 8176 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 8177 */ 8178 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 8179 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 8180 8181 /* 8182 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 8183 * functions and BSS handling helpers 8184 */ 8185 8186 /** 8187 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 8188 * 8189 * @request: the corresponding scan request 8190 * @info: information about the completed scan 8191 */ 8192 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 8193 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 8194 8195 /** 8196 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 8197 * 8198 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 8199 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8200 */ 8201 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8202 8203 /** 8204 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 8205 * 8206 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 8207 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8208 * 8209 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 8210 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 8211 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 8212 */ 8213 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8214 8215 /** 8216 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 8217 * 8218 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 8219 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 8220 * 8221 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 8222 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 8223 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 8224 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 8225 */ 8226 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 8227 8228 /** 8229 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 8230 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 8231 * @data: the BSS metadata 8232 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 8233 * @len: length of the management frame 8234 * @gfp: context flags 8235 * 8236 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 8237 * the BSS should be updated/added. 8238 * 8239 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 8240 * Or %NULL on error. 8241 */ 8242 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8243 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8244 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 8245 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 8246 gfp_t gfp); 8247 8248 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8249 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8250 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 8251 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 8252 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 8253 { 8254 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 8255 .chan = rx_channel, 8256 .signal = signal, 8257 }; 8258 8259 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 8260 } 8261 8262 /** 8263 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 8264 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 8265 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 8266 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 8267 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 8268 */ 8269 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 8270 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 8271 { 8272 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 8273 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 8274 u64 new_bssid_u64; 8275 8276 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 8277 8278 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 8279 8280 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 8281 } 8282 8283 /** 8284 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 8285 * @element: element to check 8286 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 8287 * 8288 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 8289 */ 8290 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 8291 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 8292 8293 /** 8294 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 8295 * @ie: ies 8296 * @ielen: length of IEs 8297 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 8298 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 8299 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 8300 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 8301 * 8302 * Return: the number of bytes merged 8303 */ 8304 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8305 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 8306 const struct element *sub_elem, 8307 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 8308 8309 /** 8310 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 8311 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 8312 * from a beacon or probe response 8313 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 8314 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 8315 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 8316 */ 8317 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 8318 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 8319 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 8320 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 8321 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 8322 }; 8323 8324 /** 8325 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 8326 * @ie: IEs 8327 * @ielen: length of IEs 8328 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 8329 * 8330 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 8331 */ 8332 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8333 enum nl80211_band band); 8334 8335 /** 8336 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 8337 * @a: first SSID 8338 * @b: second SSID 8339 * 8340 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 8341 */ 8342 static inline bool 8343 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 8344 { 8345 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 8346 return false; 8347 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 8348 return false; 8349 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 8350 } 8351 8352 /** 8353 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 8354 * 8355 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 8356 * @data: the BSS metadata 8357 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 8358 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 8359 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 8360 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 8361 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 8362 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 8363 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 8364 * @gfp: context flags 8365 * 8366 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 8367 * the BSS should be updated/added. 8368 * 8369 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 8370 * Or %NULL on error. 8371 */ 8372 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8373 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8374 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 8375 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 8376 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 8377 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8378 gfp_t gfp); 8379 8380 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 8381 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8382 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 8383 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 8384 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 8385 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 8386 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 8387 { 8388 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 8389 .chan = rx_channel, 8390 .signal = signal, 8391 }; 8392 8393 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 8394 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 8395 gfp); 8396 } 8397 8398 /** 8399 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 8400 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8401 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 8402 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 8403 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 8404 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 8405 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 8406 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 8407 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 8408 * 8409 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 8410 */ 8411 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8412 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8413 const u8 *bssid, 8414 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 8415 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 8416 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 8417 u32 use_for); 8418 8419 /** 8420 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 8421 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8422 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 8423 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 8424 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 8425 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 8426 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 8427 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 8428 * 8429 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 8430 * 8431 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 8432 */ 8433 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 8434 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8435 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 8436 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 8437 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 8438 { 8439 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 8440 bss_type, privacy, 8441 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 8442 } 8443 8444 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 8445 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8446 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 8447 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 8448 { 8449 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 8450 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 8451 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 8452 } 8453 8454 /** 8455 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 8456 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8457 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 8458 * 8459 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 8460 */ 8461 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8462 8463 /** 8464 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 8465 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 8466 * @bss: the BSS struct 8467 * 8468 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 8469 */ 8470 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8471 8472 /** 8473 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 8474 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8475 * @bss: the bss to remove 8476 * 8477 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 8478 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 8479 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 8480 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 8481 */ 8482 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 8483 8484 /** 8485 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 8486 * 8487 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 8488 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 8489 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 8490 * 8491 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8492 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 8493 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 8494 * @iter: the iterator function to call 8495 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 8496 */ 8497 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8498 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8499 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8500 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 8501 void *data), 8502 void *iter_data); 8503 8504 /** 8505 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 8506 * @dev: network device 8507 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 8508 * @len: length of the frame data 8509 * 8510 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 8511 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 8512 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 8513 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8514 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 8515 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8516 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 8517 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 8518 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 8519 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 8520 * 8521 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8522 */ 8523 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8524 8525 /** 8526 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 8527 * @dev: network device 8528 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 8529 * 8530 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 8531 * mutex. 8532 */ 8533 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 8534 8535 /** 8536 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 8537 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 8538 * @len: length of the frame data 8539 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 8540 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 8541 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 8542 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 8543 * @assoc_encrypted: indicate if the (re)association exchange is encrypted. 8544 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 8545 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 8546 * non-MLO connections 8547 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 8548 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 8549 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 8550 * were rejected by the AP. 8551 */ 8552 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 8553 const u8 *buf; 8554 size_t len; 8555 const u8 *req_ies; 8556 size_t req_ies_len; 8557 int uapsd_queues; 8558 bool assoc_encrypted; 8559 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8560 struct { 8561 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 8562 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8563 u16 status; 8564 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8565 }; 8566 8567 /** 8568 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 8569 * @dev: network device 8570 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 8571 * 8572 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 8573 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8574 * 8575 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8576 */ 8577 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 8578 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 8579 8580 /** 8581 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 8582 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 8583 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 8584 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 8585 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 8586 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 8587 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 8588 */ 8589 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 8590 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8591 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8592 bool timeout; 8593 }; 8594 8595 /** 8596 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 8597 * @dev: network device 8598 * @data: data describing the association failure 8599 * 8600 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8601 */ 8602 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 8603 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 8604 8605 /** 8606 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 8607 * @dev: network device 8608 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 8609 * @len: length of the frame data 8610 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 8611 * 8612 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 8613 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 8614 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 8615 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 8616 */ 8617 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8618 bool reconnect); 8619 8620 /** 8621 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 8622 * @dev: network device 8623 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 8624 * @len: length of the frame data 8625 * 8626 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 8627 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 8628 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 8629 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 8630 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 8631 * 8632 * This function may sleep. 8633 */ 8634 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 8635 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8636 8637 /** 8638 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 8639 * @dev: network device 8640 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 8641 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 8642 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 8643 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 8644 * @gfp: allocation flags 8645 * 8646 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 8647 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 8648 * primitive. 8649 */ 8650 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8651 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 8652 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 8653 8654 /** 8655 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 8656 * 8657 * @dev: network device 8658 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 8659 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 8660 * @gfp: allocation flags 8661 * 8662 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 8663 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 8664 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 8665 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 8666 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 8667 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 8668 */ 8669 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8670 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 8671 8672 /** 8673 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 8674 * candidate 8675 * 8676 * @dev: network device 8677 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 8678 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 8679 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 8680 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 8681 * @gfp: allocation flags 8682 * 8683 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 8684 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 8685 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 8686 */ 8687 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 8688 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8689 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 8690 8691 /** 8692 * DOC: RFkill integration 8693 * 8694 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 8695 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 8696 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 8697 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 8698 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 8699 * 8700 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 8701 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 8702 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 8703 */ 8704 8705 /** 8706 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 8707 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8708 * @blocked: block status 8709 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 8710 */ 8711 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 8712 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 8713 8714 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 8715 { 8716 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 8717 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 8718 } 8719 8720 /** 8721 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 8722 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8723 */ 8724 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8725 8726 /** 8727 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 8728 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8729 */ 8730 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 8731 { 8732 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 8733 } 8734 8735 /** 8736 * DOC: Vendor commands 8737 * 8738 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 8739 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 8740 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 8741 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 8742 * the configuration mechanism. 8743 * 8744 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 8745 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 8746 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 8747 * 8748 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 8749 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 8750 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 8751 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 8752 * managers etc. need. 8753 */ 8754 8755 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8756 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8757 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8758 int approxlen); 8759 8760 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8761 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8762 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8763 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8764 unsigned int portid, 8765 int vendor_event_idx, 8766 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 8767 8768 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 8769 8770 /** 8771 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 8772 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8773 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8774 * be put into the skb 8775 * 8776 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8777 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8778 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 8779 * 8780 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 8781 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8782 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8783 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8784 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8785 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8786 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8787 * 8788 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8789 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8790 * 8791 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8792 */ 8793 static inline struct sk_buff * 8794 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8795 { 8796 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8797 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8798 } 8799 8800 /** 8801 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8802 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8803 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8804 * 8805 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8806 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8807 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8808 * skb regardless of the return value. 8809 * 8810 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8811 */ 8812 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8813 8814 /** 8815 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8816 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8817 * 8818 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8819 * 8820 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8821 */ 8822 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8823 8824 /** 8825 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8826 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8827 * @wdev: the wireless device 8828 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8829 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8830 * be put into the skb 8831 * @gfp: allocation flags 8832 * 8833 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8834 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8835 * 8836 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8837 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8838 * attribute. 8839 * 8840 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8841 * skb to send the event. 8842 * 8843 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8844 */ 8845 static inline struct sk_buff * 8846 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8847 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8848 { 8849 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8850 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8851 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8852 } 8853 8854 /** 8855 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8856 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8857 * @wdev: the wireless device 8858 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8859 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8860 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8861 * be put into the skb 8862 * @gfp: allocation flags 8863 * 8864 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8865 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8866 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8867 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8868 * 8869 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8870 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8871 * attribute. 8872 * 8873 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8874 * skb to send the event. 8875 * 8876 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8877 */ 8878 static inline struct sk_buff * 8879 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8880 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8881 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8882 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8883 { 8884 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8885 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8886 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8887 } 8888 8889 /** 8890 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8891 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8892 * @gfp: allocation flags 8893 * 8894 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8895 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8896 */ 8897 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8898 { 8899 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8900 } 8901 8902 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8903 /** 8904 * DOC: Test mode 8905 * 8906 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8907 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8908 * factory programming. 8909 * 8910 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8911 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8912 */ 8913 8914 /** 8915 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8916 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8917 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8918 * be put into the skb 8919 * 8920 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8921 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8922 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8923 * 8924 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8925 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8926 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8927 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8928 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8929 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8930 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8931 * 8932 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8933 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8934 * 8935 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8936 */ 8937 static inline struct sk_buff * 8938 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8939 { 8940 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8941 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8942 } 8943 8944 /** 8945 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8946 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8947 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8948 * 8949 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8950 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8951 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8952 * regardless of the return value. 8953 * 8954 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8955 */ 8956 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8957 { 8958 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8959 } 8960 8961 /** 8962 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8963 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8964 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8965 * be put into the skb 8966 * @gfp: allocation flags 8967 * 8968 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8969 * testmode multicast group. 8970 * 8971 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8972 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8973 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8974 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8975 * in any other way. 8976 * 8977 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8978 * skb to send the event. 8979 * 8980 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8981 */ 8982 static inline struct sk_buff * 8983 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8984 { 8985 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8986 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8987 approxlen, gfp); 8988 } 8989 8990 /** 8991 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8992 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8993 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8994 * @gfp: allocation flags 8995 * 8996 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8997 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8998 * consumes it. 8999 */ 9000 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 9001 { 9002 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 9003 } 9004 9005 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 9006 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 9007 #else 9008 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 9009 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 9010 #endif 9011 9012 /** 9013 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 9014 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 9015 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 9016 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 9017 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 9018 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 9019 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 9020 * status for a FILS connection. 9021 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 9022 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 9023 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 9024 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 9025 */ 9026 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 9027 const u8 *kek; 9028 size_t kek_len; 9029 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 9030 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 9031 const u8 *pmk; 9032 size_t pmk_len; 9033 const u8 *pmkid; 9034 }; 9035 9036 /** 9037 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 9038 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9039 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9040 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 9041 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 9042 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 9043 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 9044 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 9045 * case. 9046 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 9047 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 9048 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9049 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 9050 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 9051 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 9052 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 9053 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 9054 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 9055 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 9056 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 9057 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 9058 * zero. 9059 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 9060 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 9061 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 9062 * connected AP info. 9063 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 9064 * %NULL. 9065 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 9066 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 9067 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 9068 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 9069 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 9070 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 9071 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 9072 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 9073 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 9074 * to be specified. 9075 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 9076 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 9077 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 9078 * @assoc_encrypted: The driver should set this flag to indicate that the 9079 * (Re)Association Request/Response frames are transmitted encrypted over 9080 * the air. 9081 */ 9082 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 9083 int status; 9084 const u8 *req_ie; 9085 size_t req_ie_len; 9086 const u8 *resp_ie; 9087 size_t resp_ie_len; 9088 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 9089 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 9090 bool assoc_encrypted; 9091 9092 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 9093 u16 valid_links; 9094 struct { 9095 const u8 *addr; 9096 const u8 *bssid; 9097 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9098 u16 status; 9099 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9100 }; 9101 9102 /** 9103 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9104 * 9105 * @dev: network device 9106 * @params: connection response parameters 9107 * @gfp: allocation flags 9108 * 9109 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9110 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9111 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 9112 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 9113 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 9114 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9115 */ 9116 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 9117 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 9118 gfp_t gfp); 9119 9120 /** 9121 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9122 * 9123 * @dev: network device 9124 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9125 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 9126 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 9127 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 9128 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 9129 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 9130 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 9131 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9132 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9133 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9134 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9135 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9136 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9137 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 9138 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 9139 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 9140 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 9141 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 9142 * case. 9143 * @gfp: allocation flags 9144 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 9145 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 9146 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 9147 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 9148 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 9149 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 9150 * 9151 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9152 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9153 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 9154 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 9155 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9156 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9157 */ 9158 static inline void 9159 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9160 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 9161 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 9162 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 9163 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 9164 { 9165 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 9166 9167 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 9168 params.status = status; 9169 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 9170 params.links[0].bss = bss; 9171 params.req_ie = req_ie; 9172 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 9173 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 9174 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 9175 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 9176 9177 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 9178 } 9179 9180 /** 9181 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 9182 * 9183 * @dev: network device 9184 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9185 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9186 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9187 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9188 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9189 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 9190 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 9191 * the real status code for failures. 9192 * @gfp: allocation flags 9193 * 9194 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 9195 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 9196 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 9197 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9198 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9199 */ 9200 static inline void 9201 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9202 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 9203 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 9204 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 9205 { 9206 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 9207 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 9208 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 9209 } 9210 9211 /** 9212 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 9213 * 9214 * @dev: network device 9215 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 9216 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9217 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9218 * @gfp: allocation flags 9219 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 9220 * 9221 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 9222 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 9223 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 9224 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 9225 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 9226 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 9227 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 9228 */ 9229 static inline void 9230 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9231 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 9232 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 9233 { 9234 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 9235 gfp, timeout_reason); 9236 } 9237 9238 /** 9239 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 9240 * 9241 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 9242 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 9243 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 9244 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 9245 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 9246 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 9247 * Otherwise zero. 9248 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 9249 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 9250 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 9251 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 9252 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 9253 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 9254 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 9255 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 9256 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 9257 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 9258 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 9259 */ 9260 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 9261 const u8 *req_ie; 9262 size_t req_ie_len; 9263 const u8 *resp_ie; 9264 size_t resp_ie_len; 9265 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 9266 9267 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 9268 u16 valid_links; 9269 struct { 9270 const u8 *addr; 9271 const u8 *bssid; 9272 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 9273 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9274 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9275 }; 9276 9277 /** 9278 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 9279 * 9280 * @dev: network device 9281 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 9282 * @gfp: allocation flags 9283 * 9284 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 9285 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 9286 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 9287 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 9288 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 9289 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 9290 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 9291 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 9292 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 9293 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 9294 */ 9295 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 9296 gfp_t gfp); 9297 9298 /** 9299 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 9300 * 9301 * @dev: network device 9302 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 9303 * in case of AP/P2P GO 9304 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 9305 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 9306 * @gfp: allocation flags 9307 * 9308 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 9309 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 9310 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 9311 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 9312 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 9313 * indicate the 802.11 association. 9314 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 9315 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 9316 * associated STA/GC. 9317 */ 9318 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 9319 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 9320 9321 /** 9322 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 9323 * 9324 * @dev: network device 9325 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 9326 * @ie_len: length of IEs 9327 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 9328 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 9329 * @gfp: allocation flags 9330 * 9331 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 9332 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 9333 */ 9334 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 9335 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 9336 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 9337 9338 /** 9339 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 9340 * @wdev: wireless device 9341 * @cookie: the request cookie 9342 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 9343 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 9344 * channel 9345 * @gfp: allocation flags 9346 */ 9347 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9348 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9349 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 9350 9351 /** 9352 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 9353 * @wdev: wireless device 9354 * @cookie: the request cookie 9355 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 9356 * @gfp: allocation flags 9357 */ 9358 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9359 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9360 gfp_t gfp); 9361 9362 /** 9363 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 9364 * @wdev: wireless device 9365 * @cookie: the requested cookie 9366 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 9367 * @gfp: allocation flags 9368 */ 9369 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9370 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 9371 9372 /** 9373 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 9374 * 9375 * @sinfo: the station information 9376 * @gfp: allocation flags 9377 * 9378 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9379 */ 9380 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9381 9382 /** 9383 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 9384 * 9385 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 9386 * @gfp: allocation flags 9387 * 9388 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9389 */ 9390 int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 9391 gfp_t gfp); 9392 9393 /** 9394 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 9395 * @sinfo: the station information 9396 * 9397 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 9398 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 9399 * the stack.) 9400 */ 9401 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 9402 { 9403 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 9404 9405 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 9406 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 9407 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 9408 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 9409 } 9410 } 9411 } 9412 9413 /** 9414 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 9415 * 9416 * @wdev: the wireless device 9417 * @mac_addr: the station's address 9418 * @sinfo: the station information 9419 * @gfp: allocation flags 9420 */ 9421 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct wireless_dev *wdev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9422 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9423 9424 /** 9425 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 9426 * @wdev: the wireless device 9427 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 9428 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 9429 * @gfp: allocation flags 9430 */ 9431 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct wireless_dev *wdev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9432 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 9433 9434 /** 9435 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 9436 * 9437 * @wdev: the wireless device 9438 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 9439 * @gfp: allocation flags 9440 */ 9441 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9442 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 9443 { 9444 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(wdev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 9445 } 9446 9447 /** 9448 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 9449 * 9450 * @dev: the netdev 9451 * @mac_addr: the station's address 9452 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 9453 * @gfp: allocation flags 9454 * 9455 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 9456 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 9457 * for some reasons, this function is called. 9458 * 9459 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 9460 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 9461 */ 9462 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 9463 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 9464 gfp_t gfp); 9465 9466 /** 9467 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 9468 * 9469 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 9470 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9471 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 9472 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 9473 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 9474 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9475 * @len: length of the frame data 9476 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9477 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 9478 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 9479 */ 9480 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 9481 int freq; 9482 int sig_dbm; 9483 bool have_link_id; 9484 u8 link_id; 9485 const u8 *buf; 9486 size_t len; 9487 u32 flags; 9488 u64 rx_tstamp; 9489 u64 ack_tstamp; 9490 }; 9491 9492 /** 9493 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 9494 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9495 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 9496 * 9497 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9498 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9499 * 9500 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9501 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9502 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9503 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9504 */ 9505 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9506 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 9507 9508 /** 9509 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 9510 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9511 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 9512 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9513 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9514 * @len: length of the frame data 9515 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9516 * 9517 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9518 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9519 * 9520 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9521 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9522 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9523 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9524 */ 9525 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 9526 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 9527 u32 flags) 9528 { 9529 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 9530 .freq = freq, 9531 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9532 .buf = buf, 9533 .len = len, 9534 .flags = flags 9535 }; 9536 9537 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9538 } 9539 9540 /** 9541 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 9542 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9543 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 9544 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9545 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9546 * @len: length of the frame data 9547 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9548 * 9549 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9550 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9551 * 9552 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9553 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9554 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9555 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9556 */ 9557 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 9558 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 9559 u32 flags) 9560 { 9561 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 9562 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9563 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9564 .buf = buf, 9565 .len = len, 9566 .flags = flags 9567 }; 9568 9569 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9570 } 9571 9572 /** 9573 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 9574 * 9575 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9576 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 9577 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 9578 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9579 * @len: length of the frame data 9580 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9581 */ 9582 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 9583 u64 cookie; 9584 u64 tx_tstamp; 9585 u64 ack_tstamp; 9586 const u8 *buf; 9587 size_t len; 9588 bool ack; 9589 }; 9590 9591 /** 9592 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 9593 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9594 * @status: TX status data 9595 * @gfp: context flags 9596 * 9597 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9598 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9599 * transmission attempt with extended info. 9600 */ 9601 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9602 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 9603 9604 /** 9605 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 9606 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9607 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9608 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9609 * @len: length of the frame data 9610 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9611 * @gfp: context flags 9612 * 9613 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9614 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9615 * transmission attempt. 9616 */ 9617 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9618 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 9619 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 9620 { 9621 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 9622 .cookie = cookie, 9623 .buf = buf, 9624 .len = len, 9625 .ack = ack 9626 }; 9627 9628 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 9629 } 9630 9631 /** 9632 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 9633 * port frames 9634 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9635 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 9636 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 9637 * @len: length of the frame data 9638 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9639 * @gfp: context flags 9640 * 9641 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 9642 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 9643 * the transmission attempt. 9644 */ 9645 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9646 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 9647 gfp_t gfp); 9648 9649 /** 9650 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 9651 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9652 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 9653 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 9654 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 9655 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 9656 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 9657 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 9658 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9659 * 9660 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 9661 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 9662 * control port frames over nl80211. 9663 * 9664 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 9665 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 9666 * 9667 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 9668 */ 9669 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 9670 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 9671 9672 /** 9673 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 9674 * @dev: network device 9675 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 9676 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 9677 * @gfp: context flags 9678 * 9679 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 9680 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 9681 */ 9682 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9683 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 9684 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 9685 9686 /** 9687 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 9688 * @dev: network device 9689 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9690 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 9691 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 9692 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 9693 * @gfp: context flags 9694 */ 9695 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9696 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 9697 9698 /** 9699 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 9700 * @dev: network device 9701 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9702 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 9703 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 9704 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 9705 * @gfp: context flags 9706 * 9707 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 9708 * given interval is exceeded. 9709 */ 9710 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9711 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 9712 9713 /** 9714 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 9715 * @dev: network device 9716 * @gfp: context flags 9717 * 9718 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 9719 */ 9720 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 9721 9722 /** 9723 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 9724 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9725 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9726 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 9727 * @gfp: context flags 9728 * 9729 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 9730 */ 9731 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9732 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9733 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 9734 9735 static inline void 9736 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9737 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9738 gfp_t gfp) 9739 { 9740 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 9741 } 9742 9743 static inline void 9744 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9745 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9746 gfp_t gfp) 9747 { 9748 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 9749 } 9750 9751 /** 9752 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 9753 * @dev: network device 9754 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 9755 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 9756 * @gfp: context flags 9757 * 9758 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 9759 * frame. 9760 */ 9761 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 9762 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 9763 gfp_t gfp); 9764 9765 /** 9766 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 9767 * @netdev: network device 9768 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9769 * @event: type of event 9770 * @gfp: context flags 9771 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 9772 * 9773 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 9774 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 9775 * also by full-MAC drivers. 9776 */ 9777 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9778 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9779 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 9780 unsigned int link_id); 9781 9782 /** 9783 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 9784 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9785 * 9786 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 9787 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 9788 */ 9789 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9790 9791 /** 9792 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9793 * @dev: network device 9794 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9795 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9796 * @gfp: allocation flags 9797 */ 9798 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9799 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9800 9801 /** 9802 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9803 * @dev: network device 9804 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9805 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9806 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9807 * @gfp: allocation flags 9808 */ 9809 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9810 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9811 9812 /** 9813 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9814 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9815 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9816 * @addr: the transmitter address 9817 * @gfp: context flags 9818 * 9819 * This function is used in AP mode to inform userspace that a spurious 9820 * class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the sender. 9821 * It is also used in NAN_DATA mode to report frames from unknown peers 9822 * (A2 not assigned to any active NDP), per Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification 6.2.5. 9823 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9824 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9825 */ 9826 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9827 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9828 9829 /** 9830 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9831 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9832 * @addr: the transmitter address 9833 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9834 * @gfp: context flags 9835 * 9836 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9837 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9838 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9839 * station to avoid event flooding. 9840 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9841 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9842 */ 9843 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9844 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9845 9846 /** 9847 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9848 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9849 * @addr: the address of the peer 9850 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 9851 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9852 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9853 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9854 * @gfp: allocation flags 9855 */ 9856 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9857 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9858 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9859 9860 /** 9861 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9862 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9863 * @frame: the frame 9864 * @len: length of the frame 9865 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9866 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9867 * 9868 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9869 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9870 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9871 */ 9872 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9873 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9874 9875 /** 9876 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9877 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9878 * @frame: the frame 9879 * @len: length of the frame 9880 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9881 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9882 * 9883 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9884 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9885 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9886 */ 9887 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9888 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9889 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9890 { 9891 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9892 sig_dbm); 9893 } 9894 9895 /** 9896 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9897 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9898 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9899 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9900 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9901 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9902 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9903 */ 9904 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9905 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9906 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9907 bool relax; 9908 }; 9909 9910 /** 9911 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9912 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9913 * @chandef: the channel definition 9914 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9915 * 9916 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9917 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9918 */ 9919 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9920 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9921 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9922 9923 /** 9924 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9925 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9926 * @chandef: the channel definition 9927 * @iftype: interface type 9928 * 9929 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9930 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9931 */ 9932 static inline bool 9933 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9934 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9935 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9936 { 9937 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9938 .iftype = iftype, 9939 }; 9940 9941 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9942 } 9943 9944 /** 9945 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9946 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9947 * @chandef: the channel definition 9948 * @iftype: interface type 9949 * 9950 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9951 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9952 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9953 * more permissive conditions. 9954 * 9955 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9956 */ 9957 static inline bool 9958 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9959 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9960 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9961 { 9962 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9963 .iftype = iftype, 9964 .relax = true, 9965 }; 9966 9967 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9968 } 9969 9970 /** 9971 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9972 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9973 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9974 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9975 * 9976 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9977 * driver context! 9978 */ 9979 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9980 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9981 unsigned int link_id); 9982 9983 /** 9984 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9985 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9986 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9987 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9988 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9989 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9990 * 9991 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9992 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9993 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9994 */ 9995 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9996 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9997 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9998 bool quiet); 9999 10000 /** 10001 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 10002 * 10003 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 10004 * @band: band pointer to fill 10005 * 10006 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10007 */ 10008 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 10009 enum nl80211_band *band); 10010 10011 /** 10012 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 10013 * 10014 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 10015 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 10016 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 10017 * 10018 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10019 */ 10020 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 10021 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 10022 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 10023 10024 /** 10025 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 10026 * 10027 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 10028 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 10029 * 10030 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 10031 */ 10032 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10033 u8 *op_class); 10034 10035 /** 10036 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 10037 * 10038 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 10039 * 10040 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 10041 */ 10042 static inline u32 10043 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10044 { 10045 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10046 } 10047 10048 /** 10049 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 10050 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 10051 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 10052 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 10053 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 10054 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 10055 * @gfp: allocation flags 10056 * 10057 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 10058 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 10059 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 10060 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 10061 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 10062 */ 10063 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 10064 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 10065 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 10066 10067 /** 10068 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 10069 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 10070 * 10071 * Return: calculated bitrate 10072 */ 10073 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 10074 10075 /** 10076 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 10077 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 10078 * 10079 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 10080 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 10081 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 10082 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 10083 * is unbound from the driver. 10084 * 10085 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10086 */ 10087 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10088 10089 /** 10090 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 10091 * @dev: the netdev to register 10092 * 10093 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 10094 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 10095 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 10096 * instead as well. 10097 * 10098 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10099 * 10100 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10101 */ 10102 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 10103 10104 /** 10105 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 10106 * @dev: the netdev to register 10107 * 10108 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 10109 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 10110 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 10111 * usable instead as well. 10112 * 10113 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 10114 */ 10115 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 10116 { 10117 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 10118 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 10119 #endif 10120 } 10121 10122 /** 10123 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 10124 * @ies: FT IEs 10125 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 10126 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 10127 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 10128 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 10129 */ 10130 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 10131 const u8 *ies; 10132 size_t ies_len; 10133 const u8 *target_ap; 10134 const u8 *ric_ies; 10135 size_t ric_ies_len; 10136 }; 10137 10138 /** 10139 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 10140 * @netdev: network device 10141 * @ft_event: IE information 10142 */ 10143 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 10144 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 10145 10146 /** 10147 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 10148 * @ies: the input IE buffer 10149 * @len: the input length 10150 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 10151 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 10152 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 10153 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 10154 * 10155 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 10156 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 10157 * 10158 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 10159 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 10160 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 10161 */ 10162 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 10163 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 10164 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 10165 10166 /** 10167 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 10168 * @ies: the IE buffer 10169 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 10170 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 10171 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 10172 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 10173 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 10174 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 10175 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 10176 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 10177 * 10178 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 10179 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 10180 * split. 10181 * 10182 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 10183 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 10184 * 10185 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 10186 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 10187 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 10188 * 10189 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 10190 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 10191 * used. 10192 */ 10193 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 10194 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 10195 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 10196 size_t offset); 10197 10198 /** 10199 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 10200 * @ies: the IE buffer 10201 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 10202 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 10203 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 10204 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 10205 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 10206 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 10207 * 10208 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 10209 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 10210 * split. 10211 * 10212 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 10213 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 10214 * 10215 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 10216 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 10217 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 10218 * 10219 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 10220 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 10221 * used. 10222 */ 10223 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 10224 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 10225 { 10226 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 10227 } 10228 10229 /** 10230 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 10231 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 10232 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 10233 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 10234 * 10235 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 10236 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 10237 * accordingly. 10238 */ 10239 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 10240 10241 /** 10242 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 10243 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 10244 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 10245 * @gfp: allocation flags 10246 * 10247 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 10248 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 10249 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 10250 * else caused the wakeup. 10251 */ 10252 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10253 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 10254 gfp_t gfp); 10255 10256 /** 10257 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 10258 * 10259 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 10260 * @gfp: allocation flags 10261 * 10262 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 10263 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 10264 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 10265 */ 10266 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 10267 10268 /** 10269 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 10270 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10271 * 10272 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 10273 */ 10274 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10275 10276 /** 10277 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 10278 * 10279 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10280 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 10281 * 10282 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 10283 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 10284 * the interface combinations. 10285 * 10286 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 10287 */ 10288 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10289 struct iface_combination_params *params); 10290 10291 /** 10292 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 10293 * 10294 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10295 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 10296 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 10297 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 10298 * 10299 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 10300 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 10301 * purposes. 10302 * 10303 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10304 */ 10305 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10306 struct iface_combination_params *params, 10307 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 10308 void *data), 10309 void *data); 10310 /** 10311 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 10312 * 10313 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10314 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 10315 * 10316 * Return: radio index on success or -EINVAL otherwise 10317 */ 10318 int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10319 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 10320 10321 /** 10322 * cfg80211_stop_link - stop AP/P2P_GO link if link_id is non-negative or stops 10323 * all links on the interface. 10324 * 10325 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10326 * @wdev: wireless device 10327 * @link_id: valid link ID in case of MLO AP/P2P_GO Operation or else -1 10328 * @gfp: context flags 10329 * 10330 * If link_id is set during MLO operation, stops only the specified AP/P2P_GO 10331 * link and if link_id is set to -1 or last link is stopped, the entire 10332 * interface is stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA disconnected. 10333 */ 10334 void cfg80211_stop_link(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10335 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 10336 10337 /** 10338 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 10339 * 10340 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10341 * @wdev: wireless device 10342 * @gfp: context flags 10343 * 10344 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 10345 * disconnected. 10346 * 10347 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 10348 */ 10349 static inline void 10350 cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp) 10351 { 10352 cfg80211_stop_link(wiphy, wdev, -1, gfp); 10353 } 10354 10355 /** 10356 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 10357 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 10358 * 10359 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 10360 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 10361 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 10362 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 10363 * 10364 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 10365 * the driver while the function is running. 10366 */ 10367 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10368 10369 /** 10370 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 10371 * 10372 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 10373 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 10374 * 10375 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 10376 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 10377 */ 10378 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10379 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 10380 { 10381 u8 *ft_byte; 10382 10383 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 10384 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 10385 } 10386 10387 /** 10388 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 10389 * 10390 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 10391 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 10392 * 10393 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 10394 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 10395 * 10396 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 10397 */ 10398 static inline bool 10399 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10400 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 10401 { 10402 u8 ft_byte; 10403 10404 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 10405 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 10406 } 10407 10408 /** 10409 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 10410 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 10411 * 10412 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 10413 */ 10414 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 10415 10416 /** 10417 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 10418 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 10419 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 10420 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 10421 * result. 10422 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 10423 * @inst_id: the local instance id 10424 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 10425 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 10426 * @info_len: the length of the &info 10427 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 10428 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 10429 */ 10430 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 10431 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 10432 u8 inst_id; 10433 u8 peer_inst_id; 10434 const u8 *addr; 10435 u8 info_len; 10436 const u8 *info; 10437 u64 cookie; 10438 }; 10439 10440 /** 10441 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 10442 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 10443 * @match: match notification parameters 10444 * @gfp: allocation flags 10445 * 10446 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 10447 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 10448 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 10449 */ 10450 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10451 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 10452 10453 /** 10454 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 10455 * 10456 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 10457 * @inst_id: the local instance id 10458 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 10459 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 10460 * @gfp: allocation flags 10461 * 10462 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 10463 */ 10464 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10465 u8 inst_id, 10466 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 10467 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 10468 10469 /** 10470 * cfg80211_nan_sched_update_done - notify deferred schedule update completion 10471 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the event 10472 * @success: whether or not the schedule update was successful 10473 * @gfp: allocation flags 10474 * 10475 * This function notifies user space that a deferred local NAN schedule update 10476 * (requested with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED) has been completed. 10477 */ 10478 void cfg80211_nan_sched_update_done(struct wireless_dev *wdev, bool success, 10479 gfp_t gfp); 10480 10481 /* ethtool helper */ 10482 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 10483 10484 /** 10485 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 10486 * @netdev: network device 10487 * @params: External authentication parameters 10488 * @gfp: allocation flags 10489 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 10490 */ 10491 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 10492 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 10493 gfp_t gfp); 10494 10495 /** 10496 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 10497 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 10498 * @req: the original measurement request 10499 * @result: the result data 10500 * @gfp: allocation flags 10501 */ 10502 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10503 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 10504 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 10505 gfp_t gfp); 10506 10507 /** 10508 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 10509 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 10510 * @req: the original measurement request 10511 * @gfp: allocation flags 10512 * 10513 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 10514 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 10515 */ 10516 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10517 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 10518 gfp_t gfp); 10519 10520 /** 10521 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 10522 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10523 * @iftype: interface type 10524 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 10525 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 10526 * 10527 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 10528 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 10529 * check_swif is '1'. 10530 * 10531 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 10532 */ 10533 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 10534 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 10535 10536 10537 /** 10538 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 10539 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 10540 * @netdev: network device 10541 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 10542 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 10543 * 10544 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 10545 */ 10546 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 10547 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 10548 10549 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 10550 10551 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 10552 10553 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 10554 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10555 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10556 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10557 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10558 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10559 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10560 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10561 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10562 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10563 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10564 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10565 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10566 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10567 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10568 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10569 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10570 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10571 10572 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10573 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10574 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10575 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10576 10577 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10578 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 10579 10580 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10581 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10582 10583 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 10584 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 10585 #else 10586 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10587 ({ \ 10588 if (0) \ 10589 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 10590 0; \ 10591 }) 10592 #endif 10593 10594 /* 10595 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 10596 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 10597 * file/line information and a backtrace. 10598 */ 10599 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10600 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 10601 10602 /** 10603 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 10604 * @netdev: network device 10605 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 10606 * @gfp: allocation flags 10607 */ 10608 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 10609 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 10610 gfp_t gfp); 10611 10612 /** 10613 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 10614 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10615 */ 10616 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10617 10618 /** 10619 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 10620 * @dev: network device 10621 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 10622 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10623 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10624 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10625 * 10626 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10627 */ 10628 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10629 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 10630 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 10631 10632 /** 10633 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 10634 * @dev: network device 10635 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10636 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10637 * 10638 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10639 */ 10640 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10641 u64 color_bitmap, 10642 u8 link_id) 10643 { 10644 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 10645 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 10646 } 10647 10648 /** 10649 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 10650 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10651 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10652 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10653 * 10654 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 10655 * 10656 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10657 */ 10658 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10659 u8 count, u8 link_id) 10660 { 10661 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 10662 count, 0, link_id); 10663 } 10664 10665 /** 10666 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 10667 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10668 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10669 * 10670 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 10671 * 10672 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10673 */ 10674 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10675 u8 link_id) 10676 { 10677 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 10678 0, 0, link_id); 10679 } 10680 10681 /** 10682 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 10683 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 10684 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10685 * 10686 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 10687 * 10688 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10689 */ 10690 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10691 u8 link_id) 10692 { 10693 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 10694 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 10695 0, 0, link_id); 10696 } 10697 10698 /** 10699 * cfg80211_6ghz_power_type - determine AP regulatory power type 10700 * @control: control flags 10701 * @client_flags: &enum ieee80211_channel_flags for station mode to enable 10702 * SP to LPI fallback, zero otherwise. 10703 * 10704 * Return: regulatory power type from &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10705 */ 10706 static inline enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10707 cfg80211_6ghz_power_type(u8 control, u32 client_flags) 10708 { 10709 switch (u8_get_bits(control, IEEE80211_HE_6GHZ_OPER_CTRL_REG_INFO)) { 10710 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_LPI_AP: 10711 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_LPI_AP: 10712 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_AP_ROLE_NOT_RELEVANT: 10713 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP_OLD: 10714 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10715 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_SP_AP: 10716 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10717 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_VLP_AP: 10718 return IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP; 10719 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP: 10720 if (client_flags & IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT) 10721 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10722 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10723 default: 10724 return IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP; 10725 } 10726 } 10727 10728 /** 10729 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 10730 * @dev: network device. 10731 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 10732 * 10733 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 10734 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 10735 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 10736 * case disconnect instead. 10737 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 10738 */ 10739 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 10740 10741 /** 10742 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 10743 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 10744 * @len: length of the frame data 10745 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 10746 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 10747 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 10748 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 10749 * driver. 10750 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 10751 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 10752 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 10753 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 10754 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 10755 * 10756 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 10757 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 10758 */ 10759 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 10760 const u8 *buf; 10761 size_t len; 10762 bool driver_initiated; 10763 u16 added_links; 10764 struct { 10765 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 10766 u8 *addr; 10767 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 10768 }; 10769 10770 /** 10771 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 10772 * @dev: network device. 10773 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 10774 * 10775 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 10776 * request to add links to the association is done. 10777 */ 10778 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 10779 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 10780 10781 /** 10782 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 10783 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 10784 * 10785 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 10786 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 10787 * hold anymore. 10788 */ 10789 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10790 10791 /** 10792 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 10793 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 10794 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 10795 */ 10796 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 10797 10798 /** 10799 * cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif - Notify about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW) 10800 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10801 * @chan: DW channel (6, 44 or 149) 10802 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10803 */ 10804 void cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10805 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 10806 10807 /** 10808 * cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined - Notify about NAN cluster join 10809 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10810 * @cluster_id: Cluster ID of the NAN cluster that was joined or started 10811 * @new_cluster: Indicates if this is a new cluster or an existing one 10812 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10813 * 10814 * This function is used to notify user space when a NAN cluster has been 10815 * joined, providing the cluster ID and a flag whether it is a new cluster. 10816 */ 10817 void cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10818 const u8 *cluster_id, bool new_cluster, 10819 gfp_t gfp); 10820 10821 /** 10822 * cfg80211_nan_ulw_update - Notify user space about ULW update 10823 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10824 * @ulw: Pointer to the ULW blob data 10825 * @ulw_len: Length of the ULW blob in bytes 10826 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10827 * 10828 * This function is used by drivers to notify user space when the device's 10829 * ULW (Unaligned Schedule) blob has been updated. User space can use this 10830 * blob to attach to frames sent to peers. 10831 */ 10832 void cfg80211_nan_ulw_update(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10833 const u8 *ulw, size_t ulw_len, gfp_t gfp); 10834 10835 /** 10836 * cfg80211_nan_channel_evac - Notify user space about NAN channel evacuation 10837 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10838 * @chandef: Pointer to the channel definition of the NAN channel that was 10839 * evacuated 10840 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10841 * 10842 * This function is used by drivers to notify user space when a NAN 10843 * channel has been evacuated (i.e. ULWed) due to channel resource conflicts 10844 * with other interfaces. 10845 * This can happen when another interface sharing the channel resource with NAN 10846 * needs to move to a different channel (e.g. due to channel switch or link 10847 * switch). User space may reconfigure the local schedule to exclude the 10848 * evacuated channel. 10849 */ 10850 void cfg80211_nan_channel_evac(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10851 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10852 gfp_t gfp); 10853 10854 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 10855 /** 10856 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 10857 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10858 * @file: the file being read 10859 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 10860 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10861 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 10862 * @count: read count 10863 * @ppos: read position 10864 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10865 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 10866 * 10867 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 10868 */ 10869 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10870 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10871 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10872 loff_t *ppos, 10873 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10874 struct file *file, 10875 char *buf, 10876 size_t bufsize, 10877 void *data), 10878 void *data); 10879 10880 /** 10881 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 10882 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10883 * @file: the file being written to 10884 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 10885 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10886 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 10887 * @count: read count 10888 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10889 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 10890 * 10891 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 10892 */ 10893 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10894 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10895 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10896 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10897 struct file *file, 10898 char *buf, 10899 size_t count, 10900 void *data), 10901 void *data); 10902 #endif 10903 10904 /** 10905 * cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz - get S1G chandef start frequency 10906 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10907 * 10908 * Return: the chandefs starting frequency in KHz 10909 */ 10910 static inline u32 10911 cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10912 { 10913 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10914 u32 center_khz = 10915 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10916 return center_khz - bw_mhz * 500 + 500; 10917 } 10918 10919 /** 10920 * cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz - get S1G chandef end frequency 10921 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10922 * 10923 * Return: the chandefs ending frequency in KHz 10924 */ 10925 static inline u32 10926 cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10927 { 10928 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10929 u32 center_khz = 10930 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10931 return center_khz + bw_mhz * 500 - 500; 10932 } 10933 10934 /** 10935 * cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling - retrieve the sibling 1MHz subchannel 10936 * for an S1G chandef using a 2MHz primary channel. 10937 * @wiphy: wiphy the channel belongs to 10938 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10939 * 10940 * When chandef::s1g_primary_2mhz is set to true, we are operating on a 2MHz 10941 * primary channel. The 1MHz subchannel designated by the primary channel 10942 * location exists within chandef::chan, whilst the 'sibling' is denoted as 10943 * being the other 1MHz subchannel that make up the 2MHz primary channel. 10944 * 10945 * Returns: the sibling 1MHz &struct ieee80211_channel, or %NULL on failure. 10946 */ 10947 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 10948 cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10949 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10950 { 10951 int width_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10952 u32 pri_1mhz_khz, sibling_1mhz_khz, op_low_1mhz_khz, pri_index; 10953 10954 if (!chandef->s1g_primary_2mhz || width_mhz < 2) 10955 return NULL; 10956 10957 pri_1mhz_khz = ieee80211_channel_to_khz(chandef->chan); 10958 op_low_1mhz_khz = cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(chandef); 10959 10960 /* 10961 * Compute the index of the primary 1 MHz subchannel within the 10962 * operating channel, relative to the lowest 1 MHz center frequency. 10963 * Flip the least significant bit to select the even/odd sibling, 10964 * then translate that index back into a channel frequency. 10965 */ 10966 pri_index = (pri_1mhz_khz - op_low_1mhz_khz) / 1000; 10967 sibling_1mhz_khz = op_low_1mhz_khz + ((pri_index ^ 1) * 1000); 10968 10969 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, sibling_1mhz_khz); 10970 } 10971 10972 10973 /** 10974 * cfg80211_incumbent_signal_notify - Notify userspace of incumbent signal detection 10975 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10976 * @chandef: channel definition in which the interference was detected 10977 * @signal_interference_bitmap: bitmap indicating interference across 20 MHz segments 10978 * @gfp: allocation context for message creation and multicast; pass GFP_ATOMIC 10979 * if called from atomic context (e.g. firmware event handler), otherwise 10980 * GFP_KERNEL 10981 * 10982 * Use this function to notify userspace when an incumbent signal is detected on 10983 * the operating channel in the 6 GHz band. The notification includes the 10984 * current channel definition and a bitmap representing interference across 10985 * the operating bandwidth. Each bit in the bitmap corresponds to a 20 MHz 10986 * segment, with the lowest bit representing the lowest frequency segment. 10987 * Punctured sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure but are always 10988 * set to zero since interference detection is not performed on them. 10989 */ 10990 void cfg80211_incumbent_signal_notify(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10991 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 10992 u32 signal_interference_bitmap, 10993 gfp_t gfp); 10994 10995 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 10996